Fonds 116 DeBolt & District Pioneer Museum Society fonds

DeBolt & District Pioneer Museum Society fonds. — [ca. 1905]-2006. — 99 cm of textual records. — 737 photographs. — 1453 negatives. — 16 maps.


Back to Finding Aids

Agency History

The DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum focuses on the East Smoky area, which is the area between the Smoky River and Sturgeon Lake. The origins of Museum Society date back to the Hubert Memorial Park Committee, formed in 1969. Tom Hubert left his estate to the DeBolt Country Club, the DeBolt United Church, and the East Smoky Royal Canadian Legion #89, who each had two representatives on the Park Committee (Jean Pushor and Art Boe, Winnie Moore and Sigfred Welander, and John Nielsen and Donald Matlock respectively). They decided to create a museum in the park, starting with the DeBolt United Church manse, which was already located there. Work was done to repair the manse, gather and place artefacts, and beautify the park. The DeBolt & District Pioneer Museum Society was incorporated in September 1975 out of the Park Committee with Winnie Moore as President , Jean Pushor as Secretary-Treasurer, and Fran Moore as Curator.

The aims of the society were to build and maintain a museum and to publish a local history book. The Museum was officially opened in the fall of 1976 and Hubert Memorial Park in August of 1977. Further improvements were made to the park in succeeding years, including the addition of playground equipment. The second aim of publishing a local history book was accomplished in 1978 with the printing of Across the Smoky. In 1979 another historical building was added to the Museum with the donation of the Mehlum barn, which was moved to the park, restored, and officially opened in 1981. The Mehlum ice house was later donated and moved to the park site. The Museum continued to grow, building a shed for additional storage space in 1982 and a second shed in 1985.

Work was started on a second publication, on the Edson Trail, in 1986. A cairn to the Edson Trail Pioneers was erected at the community hall and the Edson to Grande Prairie Trail book published in 1988. A smaller book in honour of the 60th anniversary of the DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society was published in 1989.

1989 saw the donation of the Edson Trail teacherage, which was moved to the Park. In 1993, a research project on “Sawmills: Across the Smoky” was begun. The material gathered was published as a small book and later included in the sequel to Across the Smoky, Bridges to the Past. Work on Bridges to the Past also began in 1993, although the book was not completed until 2001. Another building was added to the Museum in 1993 when the East Smoky Legion #89 dissolved. The Legion Hall remains in its original location and is used for meetings and workbees. In 1999, the Crowe House was moved to Hubert Memorial Park and restored as a bachelor residence, general store, and post office. Another house, the Turner House, was moved to the Park and restored, opening to the public in 2005. The following year, DeBolt United Church, across the road from the Park, was also donated to the Museum Society and is now the site of the Museum office, remaining in its original location. In 2006, the Museum was gifted the Bickell Fossil Display and converted part of the first shed to accommodate it as a permanent display.

Custodial History

The records were preserved by DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum and transferred to Grande Prairie Regional Archives in 2001. An accrual of historical archival material collected by the Museum was transferred to South Peace Regional Archives in 2006. Records related to the production of “Bridges to the Past” was transferred in 2009. The DeBolt Museum photograph and negative collection was transferred to SPRA in 2012.

Scope and Content

The fonds consists of research files, published copies, and correspondence regarding the planning and writing of five publications: “Across the Smoky,” “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” “Sawmills Across the Smoky,” and “Bridges to the Past.” The fonds also includes records gathered by the Museum Society, for use in their publications and for other purposes, including original letters and documents, paper artefacts, maps, and photographs and negatives.

Notes

Title based on the contents of the fonds.

Table of Contents

Series 116.01Across the Smoky
Series 116.02Edson to Grande Prairie Trail
Series 116.03Debolt Country Club and Agricultural Society
Series 116.04“Sawmills Across the Smoky”
Series 116.05Bridges to the Past
Series 116.06Personal and Community Files
Series 116.07DeBolt Museum Paper Artifact collection
Series 116.08DeBolt Museum Map collection
Series 116.09DeBolt Museum Photograph collection
Series 116.01Across the Smoky. — 1974-1980. — 16 cm of textual records.Across the Smoky is the history of the early settlers “who passed ‘Across the Smoky’ and were brave enough to stay long enough to leave their mark” in the district from Smoky River to Sturgeon Lake, comprising those areas served by the post offices of Goodwin, DeBolt, Crooked Creek, Clarkson Valley and Sturgeon Heights. Accounts include individual and family histories by date of arrival, poetry, post offices, schools, churches, entertainment, roads, floods and rivers, armed forces, and the Smoky River Bridge. Artwork is by Flora Mehlum and Alice Wilde. The book was edited by Winnie and Fran Moore and printed by Friesen Printers in 1978. A second printing was made in 1996.The series consists of correspondence regarding the writing and printing of the book: the original, hand-written, first person accounts of the settlers or their descendents sent in specifically for this publication; accounts of community organizations compiled from research or memory; a series of township plans showing who was living in the district; lists of photographs and captions used in the publication; a codilith of a drawing used as the cover of the book; and a published copy of the book. Included with the original first person accounts is the Memoirs of Bill Sargent. There is also one unidentified photograph of a man playing a violin.
Back to Table of Contents
Series 116.02Edson to Grande Prairie Trail. — 1982-1988. — 25 cm of textual records. — 1 photographs. — 6 maps.Edson to Grande Prairie Trail is a well-researched history of the pioneer trail which was opened as a quick route to the Peace Country in 1911. The trail was a project of some urgency because of the attraction the Peace Country had as the “Last Best West.” It was engineered by A.H. McQuarrie, and completed in a few short months in 1911. The book was written for the 75th anniversary of the Edson Trail in 1986, edited by Fran Moore and printed by Friesen Printers in 1988.The series consists of the original manuscript and the research files used to create this publication: copies of diaries and personal stories from people who came in over the Edson Trail; copies of a series of stories written by A.H. McQuarrie from 1954 to 1966; copies of articles from the Edson Leader, the Edmonton Bulletin, and miscellaneous papers and magazines; and a series of maps and township plans of the Trail and families along it. There is also a correspondence file regarding planning, writing, financing and printing; one photograph of Edna Agar’s trip on the trail used in advertising; and a published copy of the book.
 
Sectional Maps of Alberta and British Columbia, Volume II, 1920
4 maps; 11 x 17 in.
File consists of the Alberta Brule Sheet West of the Fifth Meridian dated July 1, 1916; Berland Sheet West of the Fifth Meridian dated December 1, 1916; Iosegun Sheet West of the Fifth Meridian dated July 1, 1917; and the Wapiti Sheet West of the Sixth Meridian dated September 1, 1918. All maps show the Edson Trail plotted in red, as well as trails, roads surveyed, post offices, and telegraph lines. This is a reproduction.
Location: 0116.02.01a-f
Proposed Wagon Road to Grande Prairie, 1910
1 ; 10 x 12 in.
Map from the front page of January 20, 1910 Peace River Pilot and Entwistle News proposing a short route to Grande Prairie from Entwistle on the Grande Trunk Pacific Railway. This was when a shorter route from Edmonton to the Grande Prairie were being explored.
Location: 0116.02.02
The Trend of Northern Settlement, 1910
1 ; 10 x 14 in.
Map showing the progress and direction of the settlement in the country north of Edmonton. The townships outlined are those which were surveyed at the opening of 1910. Those hatched in black are the townships in which there were at that date 5 or more settlers.
Location: 0116.02.03
Back to Table of Contents
Series 116.03Debolt Country Club and Agricultural Society. — 1931-1999. — 9 cm of textual records.DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society was compiled for the celebration of the 60th anniversary of the DeBolt Country Club and Agricultural Society. The DeBolt Country Club was formed as an Agricultural Society in 1929. Its predecessor was the DeBolt/Goodwin Development Club organized in 1925 to put on social events in the area and to be a medium through which prospective settlers could learn something about the area. The DeBolt Country Club served as the social center of the community for sports, social and community events. The book was a joint project between the Ag Society and the DeBolt & District Pioneer Museum, researched from minute books, local newspapers and private collections. It was printed by Friesen Printers in 1989.The series consists of research files regarding the executive records and the activities of the club, the original manuscript put together in 1989, and a published copy of the book.
Back to Table of Contents
Series 116.04“Sawmills Across the Smoky”. — [1990-2000]. — 8 cm of textual records. — 100 photographs.“Sawmills Across the Smoky” was researched by Stella Loewen and Fran Moore and written by Joan Bowman. Although it was initially printed as an individual coil-bound booklet, it was published in 2001 as the last chapter in Bridges to the Past.The series consists of research, first draft (including photographs) and final textual draft of the “Sawmills Across the Smoky” chapter in Bridges to the Past. Histories, stories and photographs are included of the following mills: Airth, Bartel, Bickell, Binks, Burroughs, Chapman, Croken, Dana, Dascalo, DeBolt, Jantz/Diemert, Dorscheid, Enns, Gerwatoski, Giesbrecht, Gitzel, Haldin, Halwa, Hystad, Isaac, Isaac/Esau, Jantz, Loewen, Big 6, We 3, Maile, Pete Moon, C. Moon, Newman, Nilsson, Norton, Nowry, Perry, Reimer, Scott, and Smith, with minor notes on other mills in the area. There are also notes on interviews with Gene & Grace Dana, Art & Marion Loewen, and Sam & Mabel Jantz.
Back to Table of Contents
Series 116.05Bridges to the Past. — 1993-1999. — 20 cm of textual records.The series consists of the history book committee minutes, original family story submissions, histories of organizations, schools and businesses, correspondence and grant application, planning and organizational documents.
Back to Table of Contents
Series 116.06Personal and Community Files. — 1919-1997. — 19 cm of textual records. — 1 photographs.The series consists of personal documents and photographs belonging or relating to Ernst Gustaf Berg, Ruth Chapman, the Clarkson Family, George and Virginia DeBolt, Elbert and Laurie DeBolt, DeBolt and Bickell Sawmill, DeBolt Farmers Savings and Credit Union, Peter & Konstantine Elaschuck, Katherine Margaret Fehr, Lindsay family., Belle Matlock Swann, Robert Mehlum, Edna Stevenson, Garnet Summers, Jean Wilson, and Ellis Ross Turner.
SubSeries 116.06.01Ernst Gustaf Berg. — 1921-1982. — 1 cm of textual records. — 1 photographs.Ernst Gustaf Berg was born May 19, 1903 in Sweden. He was a merchant seaman in his youth. In 1928 he emigrated from Sweden to Canada, sailing on the Drottingholm from the Swedish American Line and landing first in New York and then in Halifax. He travelled to Wiinnipeg on CN Rail and hoped to obtain farm work. He eventually came to Debolt area where he worked as a labourer on brushing crews and the like. A bachelor all his life, he lived in the DeBolt hotel during his entire stay in the hamlet. He eventually retired to the Red Willow Lodge in Valleyview and died in 1982.The sub-series consists of a photograph of Gust Berg’s home in Sweden, immigration papers, a newspaper clipping with the announcement of the death of Konrad Karlsson, some cards written to Gust in later life when he was resident at Red Willow Lodge and his memorial card from 1982. The immigration papers are mostly in Swedish and include an official document when he was 18 years old, his immigration ticket to sail on the Swedish American Line on Sept 8, 1928, a ship surgeon’s certificate, immigration identification card, and a Canadian National Railways pass stating he is looking for farm work.
SubSeries 116.06.02Ruth Chapman. — [1980]. — 1 cm of textual records.Ruth Chapman was enrolled in her teacher’s training in the Edmonton Training School in September, 1942. Two-thirds through her training, her class was offered a long list of available schools in Alberta needing teachers. Her father advised her to go north so early in October, Ruth and several classmates boarded the train for Sturgeon Heights. She disembarked at High Prairie to catch the mail truck to go cross country to Sturgeon Lake. She taught and lived at Sturgeon Heights School for two years, returning to Edmonton to finish her training and then coming back to Sturgeon Hieights for the 1943-44 term. In the summer of 1944, Ruth married Bill Chapman and lived at Moon’s Sawmill where Bill was the foreman. She had a three mile walk to her school at Clarkson Valley. In 1946-47 term a new teacherage was built at Clarkson Valley and Ruth and Bill moved there with their infant son, William. The family moved to their permanent home on the farm in Crooked Creek in July, 1947. Lewis Lee was born in March, 1948. Farming and trucking kept Bill busy. In 1952, Ruth returned to teaching in Ridgevalley School and remained there until her retirement in 1976, with the exception of 2 years at Edson Trail School.The sub-series consists of the typewritten memoirs of Ruth I. (Baughn) Chapman, a teacher in the East Smoky School Division, and covers the period of 1942-1979. Also included is a history of the Ridgevalley School District #4563 presented at the 1979 Ridevalley Reunion.
SubSeries 116.06.03Clarkson Family. — 1919-1965. — 2 cm of textual records.Originally from New Brunswick, Martin Clarkson with his wife and five children: Albion (Slim), Gladys, Jennie, James and Douglas and his brother Thomas moved to the Peace country in 1919. Martin purchased the SW 4-72-4 W6, known as the Gilmore homestead in the Crystal Creek area, while Thomas took a homestead on the west slope of what is now known as Clarkson Hill near Sturgeon Lake. Martin subsequently purchased the SE 8-72-4 W6 and in 1926, his son , James purchased the NE-5-72-4 W6 in 1926. He married Gertrude Rumohr; Gladys married Gerald Carveth; Jennie married Jock McDonald. Doug married Emma Altenhof in 1935 but there is no records of their life together and he farmed in the Crystal Creek area on the original homestead most of his life known as a bachelor. He contributed greatly to the Grande Prairie Agricultural Society and was largely responsible for getting the fairgounds moved from the city to its county location at Evergreen Park. He also helped establish and was a curator of the Grande Prairie Pioneer Museum. Mrs. Martin Clarkson died of diabetes in1949 at age 74 and Martin died in 1960 at age 91.The sub-series consists of correspondence from The Soldier Settlement Board of Canada in 1926 regarding insurance on his buildings on NE 5-72-4-W6; tax notices and receipts from the M.D. of Grande Prairie from 1923-1926; a 1927 agreement with the Grande Prairie District Co-operative Livestock Marketing Association; receipts and communications from the Alberta Co-operative Wheat Producers (Wheat Pool) from 1925-1927 showing how many trips and much grain Mr. Clarkson delivered in the winter; and miscellaneous items dating from 1919-1965: receipts from C.A. McDonald Co., E.D. & B.C. Railway and Thompson & Tooley at Grande Prairie; correspondence from Weights and Measures, Trust & Loan Co. and Midlandvale sales; and a poster for Forrest & Edith Falk’s Auction. Also included is an over-sized wedding certificate from the marriage of Douglas Wilson Clarkson and Emma Altenhof in 1935, and a 1954 accounts book recording farm income and expenses for that year.
 
Clarkson-Altenhof Marriage Certificate, 1935
cerificate
The marriage certificate of Douglas Clarkson and Emma Altenhof, Dec 6, 1935.
Location: 0116.06.03.01
SubSeries 116.06.04George and Virginia DeBolt. — 1948-1982. — 1 cm of textual records.Virginia Baker was born in Virginia but migrated with her family to Washington state where she met George whom she married in 1911. George DeBolt’s parents also moved west to Washington and George took out a homestead there. In May, 1919, George DeBolt, his brother, Elbert and George’s wife, Virginia, arrived in the Peace country and George filed on the NW-12-72-1 W6 which later George returned to his former home in Washington in February, 1920, but became very ill with the flu and didn’t return with the carload of goods and animals until June, 1920. George and Virgie ran a stopping place for ten years and by the mid 1920s George had become a road foreman, a job he held until his retirement. Virgie, for over forty years was Debolt’s weekly news correspondent for the Grande Prairie Herald. George passed away at his home in 19611 at the age of 77 and Virgie sold their farm to grand-nephew, Maurice Moore, and retired to Pioneer Lodge in Grande Prairie. She was a member of the Debolt United Church and a life-long member of the Debolt United Church Women. She served on the Nursing Association board, the school board, the church board, the Debolt Country Club and participated in the Debolt Curling Club She received congratulations from the premier Peter Lougheed on her 100th birthday in 1982. She died a year later.The sub-series consists of a few copied pages of a diary, 1948-1951, with notes about climate in those years; 1961 story and articles about George and Virginia DeBolt; two certificates from the Province of Alberta on the occasion of their 50th Wedding Anniversary in 1961; an Easement Agreement for widening a road onto his land, for which he was paid $1.00 in 1961; and an article and certificate for Virginia’s 100th birthday in 1982.
SubSeries 116.06.05Elbert and Laurie DeBolt. — 1948-[1960]. — 1 cm of textual records.In 1920, Laura (Bickell) DeBolt followed husband and brother-in-law, Elbert and George from Adrian, Washington, to the Peace country bringing children, Winnie, 7, Dorothy, 5, and Dale, 7 weeks. In 1921 the family moved to their homestead, now the hamlet of Debolt. From 1922 on the DeBolts operated a post office and store in their home until they built a new home in 1933. Four more children were born: Jack, Clifford, Frances and Georgia. Elbert worked as a land agent and a blacksmith. The two DeBolt families were active in community organizations. As their homestead became a hamlet, they leased land to a store, a hall, a sawmill, and a church. In 1941 the Elbert DeBolt family, with the exception of Winnie, moved to Spirit River. Elbert worked as a land assessor and then was an MLA for the Spirit River area for 12 years.The sub-series consists of Transfer of Land document for the transfer of Lot 20, Blk 3, Plan 1273 HW in DeBolt from Elbert and Laurie DeBolt to the DeBolt United Church for $1.00 in 1948. There is also a certificate from the Province of Alberta on the occasion of their 50th Anniversary.
SubSeries 116.06.06DeBolt and Bickell Sawmill. — 1935-1954. — 1 cm of textual records.Not long after Laura and Elbert DeBolt had moved to the DeBolt area, Laura’s father, Richard Bickell, visited the area and came back to Washington where he had already set up a sawmill, with glowing reports. Richard’s son, John, with wife Nettie and young children, Charlotte and Richard, decided to make the move from Aberdeen, Washington, in 1928. John’s father, Richard, had already chosen a homestead for himself and John. John’s Uncle Elbert took hin to view the timer on his property and they were soon in the sawmill business. It was located at Altenhof Lake near SW 9-72-26 W5. A few years later they relacated to the Elbert homestead, which is now the hamlet of DeBolt, near what is now the Legion Hall. They located their steam outfit close to the creek. Lumber was sawed for homes, barns, grain bins, planks for floors, birch for building and repairing wagons and sleighs and slabs for fences and for firing the steam engine. Planer shaving were utilized for insulation in walls and ceilings and saw dust for insulation in ice houses. In 1937-38, John purchased Elbert DeBolt’s interest and moved the mill to the Bickell farm SW 13-72-1-W6. about one mile north of DeBolt. The mills consisted of a sawmill, planer mill and shingle mill. Grandfather Bickell lived one-quarter mile from the mill and did blacksmith work and repaired harnesses. As the log haul became longer, horses were replaced with trucks pulling heavy sleighs. About 1942-43, the old steam mill was closed and a new mill was built just east of the old one, powered by a farm tractor and then by a diesel power unit. As WWII was on, the demand for lumber was increasing and army issue trucks were available to haul the luimber. In 1945, the farm sawmill was closed and relocated east into the timber area and eventually Bickells bush mills came into being and the Big Six sawmill and Enns sawmill to saw lumber for Mr. Bickell. John Bickell formed a partership with Norman Swallow of Grande Prairie and they operated as Bickell and Swallow Lbr. Co. Ltd. In the early 1950s, Bickell and Swallow and the Crooked Creek Lumber Co. put up funds to build a placer mill in Grande Prairie to plane lumber for all the mills. In 1952 Bickell, Charlie Moon and Hector Morrison formed Northern Plywood Co. and in 1954, Canadian Forest Products Ltd. became involved with the partners.The sub-series consists of one “Record book of all sawing done at the Saw-mill of DeBolt and Bickell erected on SW 12-72-1-W6 between May 5, 1935 and August 7th, 1935. The book also includes a “Notice to Operators of Saw-Mills” re: timber regulations; a blank Affadavit form; and a blank Application for a Settler’s Timber Permit. Note on front of book says “M.B. 893 Expires 31st March 1936.”
SubSeries 116.06.07Debolt Farmers Savings and Credit Union. — 1943-1951. — 1 cm of textual records.The DeBolt Farmers Savings and Credit Union was incorporated June 5, 1943. R.F.T Stevenson was Chairman of the Credit Committee in 1952.The sub-series consists of the original Certification of Incorporation for The DeBolt Farmers Savings and Credit Union in 1943 and a Summary of Examinations for Credit Unions in Alberta for 1951.
SubSeries 116.06.08Peter & Konstantine Elaschuck. — 1935-[1955]. — 2 cm of textual records. — 8 photographs.Peter and Konstantine Elaschuk homesteaded in DeBolt during the Depression, filing on the N 1/2 of Section 2-71-25-W5. They were known to their neighbours as hard working and cheerful young men. Each lived on his own farmstead and brushed enough land by hand to become self-sustaining. They built log buildings, rail fences, farmed with horses, raised cows, pigs and chickens. They had root cellars for vegetables and even did some canning. They left the area during the war and are still living in B.C.The sub-series consists of two Romanian passports for the two Elaschuk brothers, Peter and Constantine; an immigration certificate for Constantine dated March 27, 1924; two 1928 Canadian Pacific Express Company receipts made out in Winnipeg for money sent home to Ivan Elaschuk in Bukowina, Roumania; a bank book from the Royal Bank in Grande Prairie from 1933-1939; a credit note from the Alberta Department of Municipal Affairs giving credit against taxes for doing road work in 1934, a 1943 letter sent from K. Elaschuk to his brother while he was in the Mental Hospital in Ponoka, Alberta; and eight photographs showing them as young men in Romania with their wives, dressed to travel to Canada; then as men with friends and in work camps in Canada.
SubSeries 116.06.09Katherine Margaret Fehr. — 1997. — 1 cm of textual records.Katherine Fehr was the daughter of Mary and Jake Fehr who moved to the Peace country in 1928 from the Sunny Slope district. They went by train, the father first with the livestock and household goods and the family came ona later train. Katherine was one of six children: Bernard (Ben), Jacob (Jake), Ernes, Anna, Katherine and Mary. The family first moved into the George Tilley homestead shack. Jake Junior’s homestead was NW 35-71-1 W6 and brother Ben homesteaded SW 35-71-1 W6.Their father took the homestead just south of Ben’s and built a good sized log home there by standing the logs on end as that was the only way he imagined being able to do it by himself. Later he built a better log home. The two oldest boys worked out in the winter to help support the family. In 1934 Anna passed away and the same fall Katherine was married to Sven Carlson. She was eighteen years old. They trapped animals in the winter and rode horseback to herd their cattle across the Smoky to Kleskun Lake for the winter feeding grounds and back again in the spring. Getting the cattle to swim the river twice a year was always an difficult venture. They also used dogs to carry supplies from cabin to cabin on the trapline. In 1944, their only child, Elaine, was born. But by the time she was four yearsold, they had moved to Beechy, Saskatchewan, and the marriage was over. Katherine went out to work – as a telephone operator, and a housekeeper. In 1949, her father passed away and she and Elaine moved to Red Deer and lived with her mother and adopted sister, Erna, for a few years. For a time they all moved to Brantford Ontario where her brother lived and she worked in the Simcoe Mitt and Glove factory. The in 1954, she answered an ad in the paper which resulted in her becoming Mrs. Jack McGillvray with an added family of one son and five daughters, but the oldest four were starting careers and away from home mostly. Jack made a stab at farming but was not healthy and in 1957 died from a heart attack. By 1959, Katherine was working for the Singer Sewing Machine Co.in Calgary and Elaine became a secretary. At the age of fifty, Katherine took training to become a Practical Nurse. She eventually monved to BC where her married daughter and grandchildren lived.The sub-series consists of an autobiography of Katherine Margaret Fehr tracin her life from 1916-1997.
SubSeries 116.06.10Lindsay family. — [1945-1964]. — 1 cm of textual records.The sub-series consists of a certificate of confirmation for Isabella May Lindsey from St. Paul’s United Church in Goodwin in 1945; a “Catechism with Order of Confirmation” from the Church of England, undated; and a “Co-op News” Magazine from 1964.
 
A Catechism with the Order of Confirmation, [1940]
Booklet
The Catechism learned by children in the Anglican Church to prepare them for confirmation.
Location: 2006.049
 
Co-op News, 1964
Periodical
Volume 38, No. 4 of the Co-op News, published April 1964. Co-op News was “the official organ of the Northern Alberta Dairy Pool Ltd. And Alberta Poulty Marketers Co-operative Ltd. This issue contains the Annual Report of the NADP along with farming and horticultural news and references to many other cooperatives.
Location: 2006.049
SubSeries 116.06.11Belle Matlock Swann. — 1955-1980. — 1 cm of textual records.Miss Belle Crider taught in her first school from 1918-1921. During this time she met and married Albert Matlock. She came to the Peace country with her husband, Albert, in May, 1930 after a hail storm had ruined their crop on their rented farm. Albert’s two older brothers had homesteaded in the Debolt area already. They got together with other families heading north and loaded two freight cars with animals, household effects and some of the cars and four days after the freight left with Albert accompanying the freight, the rest of the group loaded into two vehicles for the long road journey. They homesteaded the quarter NW 8-72-26-W5. They lived in a bachelor’s log shack for over a year until they could get the logs out for a log house. Later they lived in Albert’s parents house which was beside the highway then. Their children were Harold, Donald, Barbara Turner, Eula Miller, and Dean. From 1940-1956 Belle taught in area schools and in 1959 she went south to teach for a few years. Her husband died in 1960 and she sold their land to her son, Harold. She came back north in 1962 and spent two years in High Prairie, then settled in north Goodwin. Duringr her retirement, she married Mr. Tom Swann and they spent winters in BC.The sub-series consists of a typed record of Mrs. Matlock’s teaching years, a cheque stub from her teacher’s salary (1955), a church envelope from Debolt United Church (1980), and a certificate from the Debolt Museum honoring her as “pioneer extraordinary” in 1980.
SubSeries 116.06.12Robert Mehlum. — 1929-1966. — 2 cm of textual records.Ed and Pearl Mehlum were established on a homstead in Adrian, Washington, when their son Robert was born in 1916. In 1919 the Mehlums and the BeBolt brothers came to the Peace country and took out homesteads in the DeBolt area. Ed filed on SE 13-72-1-W6 and also filed by proxy for his brother, John. The men returned to Washington and in September loaded their livestock and settlers’ effect on the rain for the long trip north. Pearl and Robert came in December. By 1923, the Edson Trail School District N0. 4082 was organized and a one room school built. Ed, Pearl and Robert continued to live on their original homestead throughout their life. Robert took over the farming operation in 1964. Robert hired housekeepers to help him during spring and fall work. Flora Hensrud was hired in 1969 and in in 1970, she became Mrs. Robert Mehlum. Robert was active in the DeBolt Country Club,the Agricultural Service Board, the Edson Trail School District, and later the East Smoky School Division.The sub-series consists of Robert’s school exercise scribbler for writing class (1930), a violin self-instruction music book, a Junior Red Cross Health Game record (1929), a 1970 booklet celebrating 38 years of the United Church in DeBolt, a package of Departmental Examinations for Grade 8 in 1929-1931, a written history of John Mehlum’s Log Barn built in the 1930s,and an Alberta Government Telephones booklet advertising multi-party sevice in 1966.
SubSeries 116.06.13Edna Stevenson. — 1973. — 1 cm of textual records.Edna Abbott was born in 1899 in Quincy Massachusetts. Three years later she moved with her parents to Prince Edward Island. At seventeen she was engaged to Frank Stevenson who enlisted for service in WWI. Frank read wonderful descriptions of the Peace country while he was overseas and when the War was over decided to check it out. Meanwhile Edna had gone to New Jersey and trained as a nurse. After graduating Frank and Edna met and were married in Edmonton in1927. As she arrived at the homestead she found a threshing crew expecting her to cook for them. When the community found out she was a nurse, her job started. She delivered many babies, and bandaged patients sometimes transported on stone boats or sleighs. The Stevenson’s had five children over the next ten years: Frank, Robert, Alice, Lloyd and Edna. All married and lived in the district. In 1943, Edna went to work full time as district health nurse and her district was from Smoky River to Sturgeon Heights. In 1947, Frank drew up plans for a new house and in1949 they moved in. Edna retired from nursing in 1973 after a total of 54 years of country nursing, the last 30 as a paid district nurse. Frank died in 1974.The sub-series consists of a copy of two page memoir of Edna’s early years as a nurse in the DeBolt area. (See biographical sketch)
SubSeries 116.06.14Garnet Summers. — 1919-1939. — 1 cm of textual records.Garnet Forrest Summers was born in 1902 in Winchester, Ontario. He attended Winchester High School, and at the age of 20 headed west to Iley, Saskatchewan to help on a harvest excursion. He returned to Ontario and got a certificate as chief cheesemaker from the Dept. of Agriculture and in 1923 was hired by the Burns Company to run the cheese factory in Round Hill, Alberta, near Camrose. He married Stella Marguerite Bosmans in 1923 and had two children: Merle Gordon in 1924 and Marguerite Stella in 1925. Stella died in 1932 after a long-standing illness. Garnet remarried to Marjorie Louise Black and had three more children. After Round Hill, Garnet was employed by Woodland Dairies in Ryley until 1939 when they moved to Crooked Creek, Alberta. Garnet was the first cheese-maker at the Ridge Valley Cooperative Association Cheese Factory. This Association was formed on April 8, 1939 to provide a milk market for the farmers in the Ridgevalley and DeBolt areas. The factory was located beside Deep Creek, on the southern edge of the SW14-71-26-W5. Over the next 10 years or so, the Summers family lived at Crooked Creek off and on. The cheese factory closed for a year in 1940, and from 1942-1944 the family was in Raymond. Returning to Crooked Creek in 1944, they also purchased land and did some farming. Merle joined the air force in February 1943 and trained as an air gunner. After the war he returned to Crooked Creek to help his father in cheese making and farming, and spent the winter in a lumbercamp in Crooked Creek. He graduated from the U of A with an Agriculture Degree from the U of A, married and farmed southeast of Calgary for the remainder of his life. Marguerite married an American Serviceman in 1942 and lived in the U.S. Garnet was a master cheese-maker and achieved first place ribbon success at fairs throughout western Canada. He died on October 5, 1972.The sub-series consists of two 1919 report cards from Winchester High School, a 1932 telegram on the death of his wife, personal correspondence, score cards and clippings for prize-winning cheeses. There is also a letter addressed to K258434 AC2 Summers, MG in care of the RCAF in Edmonton.
 
Winchester High School Grades (Garnet Summers), 1919
school report card
Creator: school report card
Two school reports of student grades from the Winchester High School for Sept/Oct and Nov/Dec.,1919. Garnet Summers was one of the students.
Location: 0116.06.14.01-.02
SubSeries 116.06.15Jean Wilson. — 1940-1990. — 1 cm of textual records.Jean Dolly Pearl Sutley was born September 20, 1919 and was a resident of the Clarkson Valley area from 1932 to 1951, and after military postings in Edmonton and Vancouver with her husband, Elmer Wilson, the couple retired to DeBolt in 1971. After ther husband’s death, Jean lived in a seniors’ apartment in Edmonton. Jean passed away in 1990 and is survived by her daughter, Jean Plaquin, her sons Ben and Milton and and brother Ben Sutley.The sub-series consists of a notice of her funeral, an obituary and a registration certificate for the electoral district #223 and Polling Division 54 in 1940.
SubSeries 116.06.16Ellis Ross Turner. — 1974-1995. — 1 cm of textual records.Ellis Ross Turner was born July 31, 1906, in Calgary, the son of Sam and Agnes Turner. In 1920, at age 14, he moved with his parents, Sam and Agnes, and brother, Albert, to the Peace country and they settled at the old Bezanson townsite. Three years later they moved to DeBolt. A sister,Ethel, came up in 1920 and taught for time at Glen Leslie. In December, 1940 Ellis married Barbara Matlock. They had three daughters: Joan (Mrs. Wayne Bowman), Linda (Mrs. Howard ManDonald), and Valerie (Mrs. Michael Peterson) and a son, Bill (Mona). Ellis farmed three quarters of land after spending three years in the RCAF during WWII. He was community minded, serving on the BeBolt & District Pioneer Museum Noard, the Cemetery Board, the Royal Canadian Legion, and 26 years on the Grande Prairie Hospital Board. Ellis died in 1995.The sub-series consists of a copy of the eulogy for Ellis’ funeral, and two letters from Alberta Lands and Forests concerning roadways affecting Williamson Provincial Park in 1974.
Back to Table of Contents
Series 116.07DeBolt Museum Paper Artifact collection. — 1936-1992. — 2 cm of textual records.The series consists of paper artefacts preserved by the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Society. They include calendars from the Grande Prairie Garage Co. Ltd., Joe’s Corner Coffee Shop, and James Drug Store; programs for the DeBolt Stamped, Slave Lake Winter Games, and the opening of Red Willlow Lodge in Valleyview; Canadian Junior Red Cross certificates, and counter sales slips from the Crooked Creek General Store.
 
Grande Prairie Garage Co. Ltd. Calendar, 1953
calendar
Creator: calendar
A 1953 calendar created by the Ford Motor Company in celebration of their 50th anniversary.
Location: 0116.07.01
Canadian Red Cross Certificates, 1971-1973
certificates
Creator: certificates
Three Canadian Red Cross certificates recognizing the community of DeBolt for their efforts in canvassing for donations to the society.
Location: 0116.07.03-5
James Drug Stor Calendar Cover, n.d.
calendar
A calendar cover for James Drug Store showing ducks lifting in flight.
Location: 0116.07.06
Red Willow Lodge Opening, 1978
program
Program for the opening of the Red Willow Lodge, Valleyview, September 11, 1978.
Location: 0116.07.07
Crooked Creek General Store, 1953
store bills
A collection of bills marked paid from the Crooked Creek General Store in 1953
Location: 0116.07.09
Slave Lake Winter Games, 1992
program of events
Program of events for the Slave Lake Winter Games ion Feb. 7, 8, &9, 1992.
Location: 0116.07.10
DeBolt Firebelles Calendar, 1990
calendar
Creator: calendar
1990 Calendar containing the birthdays and anniversaries of members of the DeBolt Community. There is also a photo of the Firemen with the Firebelles and advertisements for DeBolt businesses.
Location: 0116.07.11
Back to Table of Contents
Series 116.08DeBolt Museum Map collection. — 10 maps.The series consists of a series of 10 Alberta Road Maps from 1958-1983; Game Regulation maps from 1977-1981; and a tourism map showing early trails in Northern Alberta.
 
British Columbia and Alberta Road Map, 1958
1 road map; folded 4″ x 8″
Road map of British Columbia and Alberta printed in 1958.
Location: 2006.049.01
Alberta Highways Road Map, 1962
1 road map; 4″ x 8″ folded
Road map of Alberta printed by the Alberta Government in 1962. It includes some notes on tourist spots and general information for visitors to Canada.
Location: 2006.049.02
Alberta-British Columbia Road Map, 1968
1 road map; 4″ x 8″ folded
Road map of Alberta and British Columbia distributed by Royalite Service Stations in 1968. It includes mini maps of the cities.
Location: 2006.049.03
Alberta & British Columbia Road Map, 1970
1 road map; 4″ x 8″ folded
Road map of Alberta and British Columbia distributed by Esso Service Stations in 1970.
Location: 2006.049.04
Road Map of Alberta, 1972
1 road map; 4″ x 8″ folded
Road map of Alberta distributed by the Alberta Government in 1972. It includes notes on historic sites and tourist stops.
Location: 2006.049.05
Alberta Road Map, 1973
1 road map; 4″ x 8″ folded
Road map of Alberta distributed by the Alberta Government in 1973. It includes notes on historic sites and tourist stops.
Location: 2006.049.06
Alberta Road Map, 1974
1 road map; 4″ x 8″ folded
Road map of Alberta distributed by the Alberta Government in 1974. Topographical map with historic sites and tourist stops on reverse side.
Location: 2006.049.07
Alberta Road Map, 1977
1 road map; 4″ x 8″ folded
Road map of Alberta distributed by the Alberta Government in 1977. Tourist information and mileage charts on reverse side.
Location: 2006.049.08
Travel Alberta Road Map, 1980
1 road map; 4″ x 8″ folded
Road map of Alberta distributed by the by Travel Alberta for the 75th Anniversary in 1980. Tourist information and mileage charts on reverse side.
Location: 2006.049.09
Travel Alberta Road Map, 1983
1 road map; 4″ x 8″ folded
Road map of Alberta distributed by the by Travel Alberta in 1983. Tourist information and mileage charts on reverse side.
Location: 2006.049.10
Summary of Big Game Regulations, 1977
1 Natural landmarks map; 4″ x 12″ folded
Natural map of Alberta showing creeks, lakes and rivers and only the major highways. Map is sectioned to show what kind of hunting and vehicles are allowed. Big Game Regulations on reverse of map.
Location: 2006.049.11
Summary of Big Game Regulations, 1980
1 natural landmarks map; 4″ x 12″ folded
Natural map of Alberta showing creeks, lakes and rivers and only the major highways. Map is sectioned to show what kind of hunting and vehicles are allowed. Big Game Regulations on reverse of map.
Location: 2006.049.12
Summary of Big Game Regulations, 1981
1 natural landmarks map; 4″ x 12″ folded
Natural map of Alberta showing creeks, lakes and rivers and only the major highways. Map is sectioned to show what kind of hunting and vehicles are allowed. Big Game Regulations on reverse of map.
Location: 2006.049.13
Summary of Bird Game Regulations, 1981
1 natural landmarks map; 4″ x 12″ folded
Natural map of Alberta showing creeks, lakes and rivers and only the major highways. Map is sectioned to show what kind of hunting and vehicles are allowed. Bird Game Regulations on reverse of map.
Location: 2006.049.14
Northern Alberta Trails, Zone 14, 1973
1 tourist map; 4″ x 8″ folded
Basic map of Alberta showing the St. Albert Trail, the Landing Trail to Athabasca, the Peace Trail and the Klondike Trail. Text re the history of each trail is on the reverse side.
Location: 2006.049.15
Back to Table of Contents
Series 116.09DeBolt Museum Photograph collection. — [ca. 1905]-2006. — 635 photographs. — 1453 negatives. The series consists of 635 historical photographs and 1068 negatives produced from historical photographs gathered from a variety of families and individuals, primarily for use in the various publications produced by the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum, and 385 negatives of old buildings in the Goodwin, DeBolt, Crooked Creek, and Clarkson Valley/Sturgeon Heights areas. The series is divided into two sub-series: General Files and Old Building Project.
SubSeries 116.09.01General Files. — [ca. 1905]-2006. — 635 photographs. — 1068 negatives. The sub-series consists of photographs and negatives produced from photographs. The images were gathered from a variety of families and individuals, primarily for use in the various publications produced by the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum ( “Across the Smoky”, “Bridges to the Past”, “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, and “DeBolt Country Club and Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book”). The sub-series is divided into two files: General Files – Negatives and General Files – Photographs to reflect how the images were originally maintained. There is some overlap of images between the two files.
116.09.01.01General Files – Negatives 1908-2006 The file consists of negatives produced from historical photographs gathered from a variety of families and individuals, primarily for use in the various publications produced by the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum ( “Across the Smoky”, “Bridges to the Past”, “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, and “DeBolt Country Club and Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book”. The negatives were originally arranged in topically (Family Names, Businesses, Bridges, Children, Churches, Farming, Forests, Home-Building, Museum, Nature, Special Events, Social Affairs, Stampedes, Sports Day, Transportation, Vehicles, Edson Trail, DeBolt Country Club) with each negative numbered individually, and arranged in number order. The original order has been retained by the Archivist and duplicate and strongly similar or unrelated images have been discarded. Many of the images also exist as prints in the “General Files – Photographs” file under different numbers.
 
Airths and Emma Altenhauf, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
Phyllis, Leslie, and Jim Airth with Emma Altenhauf outside a building. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 135.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0001
Jim Airth and Guy Clarke Families, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
A group photograph of the Jim Airth and Guy Clarke families. Back row, left to right: Murt Williscroft, Eileen Clarke, Guy Clarke, Olga Clarke, Jim Airth, and Phyllis Airth. Front row, left to right: Carol Clarke, Leslie Airth, Fay Clarke, Wilbert Airth, and Don Clarke. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 136.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0002
Jim Airth and Children, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Jim Airth and his children Wilbert, Arlene, and Leslie. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 136.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0003
Lorice Weegar and Jack Andrews, 1947
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 6.25 in.
Lorice Weegar and Jack Andrews standing in a meadow. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 211.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0004
Ort Belford and Leo Holcombe, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5 in.
Ort Belford (left) and Leo Holcombe (right) walking down a city street. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 64.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0005
Cora Benedick and Virgie DeBolt, 1930
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
Cora Benedick (left), a DeBolt teacher, and Virginia DeBolt (right) standing beside a body of water. Cora is holding an animal. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 292. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.044.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0006
Jack Bernie-Browne, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 6 in.
Jack Bernie-Browne in the bush. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 266.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0007
Aileen, Elaine, and Jimmy Bernie-Browne, [ca. 1952]
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
Mrs. Aileen Bernie-Browne, with her two youngest children, Elaine and Jimmy. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 267.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0008
Richard N. Bickell, 1943
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Richard Nicholas Bickell (father of Laura DeBolt and John Bickell) standing beside a car. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 66.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0009
Elmer Boe and Kenneth Porter, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Elmer Boe (left) with Kenneth Porter, the teacher at Mountain Springs School. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 300.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0010
Gust Boe, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.25 in.
Gust Boe bringing in the sheaves. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 137.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0011
Helmer Larson, Art Boe, Elmer Boe, and Sig Welander, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Helmer Larson, Art Boe, Elmer Boe, and Sig Welander shortly before the group left Minnesota for DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 137.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0012
Boe Girls, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
Gust Boe’s daughters. Left to right: Lorraine, Opal, Alice, Edna, Cora, and Eleanor. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 137.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0013
Elmer and Elma Boe, 1936
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 3.5 in.
Elmer Boe and his wife Elma (nee McRae). The Gust Boe home is visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 138.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0014
Mrs. Boe with Lorraine and Cora, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3.75 in.
Mrs. Gust Boe sitting on the grass with two of her daughters, Lorraine and Cora.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0015
Bower Family, 1934
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Scott and Leota Bower with their granddaughter Elva. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 177.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0016
Goldie and Elva Bower, 1932
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
Goldie Bower holding her daughter Elva in front of the Bowers’ first home.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0017
Harold and Mattie Bowman, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 6 in.
Harold and Mattie (nee Good) Bowman standing outside. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 44.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0018
Marlene and Wayne Bowman, [ca. 1943]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3.75 in.
Marlene and Wayne Bowman, the children of Harold and Mattie (nee Good) Bowman. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 44.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0019
John Broman, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 6.5 in.
John Broman outside of a building. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 137.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0020
Len Broomfield, 1962
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.75 in.
Len Broomfield sitting on a couch. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 51.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0021
Wedding of Harry and Kay Burgess, 1942
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 5 in.
The wedding of Harry and Kay Burgess, held in Barrie, Ontario. Harry came to DeBolt in 1932, but only stayed 10 years, leaving before his marriage. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 212.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0022
Sven Carlson and John Calliou, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Sven Carlson (left) and John Calliou (right) on horseback at Simonette, herding cattle for George Fraser. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 94.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0023
Carlsons and Frakes, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
The Carlsons and Frakes in winter, left to right: Katherine Carlson, Sven Carlson, Bob Frakes, Jean Frakes, and Pat Frakes. Sven and Bob are displaying a wolf pelt taken by the Carlsons and Jean and Pat Frakes are sitting on a dog sled. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 94.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0024
Cavett Family, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
The Cavett family, left to right: Gladys, Frank, Hazel, Ottie, and Charlotte, at Sturgeon Heights with a house in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 68.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0025
Arthur Chambers, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
Arthur Chambers visiting the Joe Taylor home. Arthur was known as Tiny Tim since he was 6’7″ or 6’8″ inches tall. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 94.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0026
Arthur Chambers and DeBolts, [ca. 1939]
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
Left to right: Elbert DeBolt, Arthur Chambers (Tiny Tim), and Dale Debolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 94.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0027
Charney Family, 1944
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3.25 in.
The Charney Family: Jack and Becky, their children Joyce, Don, and Norman, and Jack’s brother Steve (in uniform). Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 139.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0028
Mr. and Mrs. Bob Cure and the Charney Family, [ca. 1946]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75 in.
Left to right: Bob Cure, Mrs. Bob Cure, Joyce Charney, and Jack Charney. Front, left to right: Don Charney and Norman Charney. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 139.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0029
Clarke Family, March 1936
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 4 in.
Clarke family en route from High Prairie to Simonette in March 1936. Left to right: Don, Fay, Eileen, and Olga Clarke, and Hank Williscroft. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 244.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0030
Clarke Family, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 6 in.
Guy Clarke and his children, (left to right) Morton, Don, Fay, Carole, and Eileen, having a picnic beisde a wagon. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 245.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0031
Tom and Ann Clegg, 1937
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.25 in.
Tom and Ann Clegg outside in winter. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 96.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0032
Clegg Family, 1942
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
Left to right, Jack, Carol, Loretta, and Tommy Clegg. Carol and Loretta are Tommy Clegg’s daughters. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 96.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0033
Clegg Family, 1938
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.25 in.
Jack and Jean Clegg at Williamson Cabins, Sturgeon Lake. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 96.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0034
Mrs. Clegg, 1942
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Mrs. Clegg in the doorway of a building at Sturgeon Lake. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 97.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0035
F. W. Clegg and H. McMillan, 1943
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
F. W. Clegg (left) and H. McMillan (right) from Sexsmith, taken by Alex Williamson’s cabins, Sturgeon Lake. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 96.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0036
Barney Cross, 1932
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.25 in.
Barney Cross in front of a sleigh loaded with logs. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 140.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0037
Bert and Doreen Crowe, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Bert and Doreen Crowe with their pumpkin crop. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 12.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0038
Eric Dalen, 1932
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Eric Dalen at the Crooked Creek homestead. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 179.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0039
Jens Dalen, [ca. 1932]
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
Jens Dalen with a deer, following a successful hunt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 179.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0040
Dalen Brothers and Annie Glaubitz, [ca. 1932]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Jens and Eric Dalen and Annie Glaubitz beside an airplane at Jens’ airstrip at Crooked Creek. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 179.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0041
John Dascalo and Jim Quickfall, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
John Dascalo and Jim Quickfall outside of a log building. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 141.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0042
George and Virginia DeBolt, 1925
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
George and Virginia DeBolt standing in a field with a dog. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 26.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0043
DeBolt Family, 1925
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.25 in.
Left to right: Elbert, Virginia, Laura, Jack, Winnie, and Dale DeBolt at the Turners’ on Easter Sunday 1925. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 26.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0044
Elbert DeBolt Family, 1924
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 3.75 in.
Left to right: Elbert, Dale, Jack, Laura, Dorothy and Winnie Debolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 26.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0045
H. Elbert DeBolt Family, 1935
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.5 in.
Elbert and Laura DeBolt with their children, Winnie, Dorothy, Dale, Jack, Clifford, Frances, and Georgia. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 27.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0046
Aaron and Gertrude Derkson’s Wedding, January 15, 1947
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Wedding of Aaron Derkson and Gertrude Plante at the Holy Rosary Parish of DeBolt and Crooked Creek. Attendants are Tony Kramps and Estelle Diemert. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 310.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0047
Derkson Family, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Aaron and Gertrude (nee Plante) Derkson with their son Alphonse on their homestead (formerly the Plante homestead). Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 253.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0048
Paul and Cecilia Diemert’s Wedding, 1948
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Duane Diemert, Leonard Kramps, Paul Diemert, Cecilia Kramps, Anita Diemert, and Charlotte Kramps at the wedding of Paul and Cecilia. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 311.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0049
Alice Dodd, 1930
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.25 in.
Alice Dodd in front of a line of vehicles bound for the homestead. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 143.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0050
Dodds Getting a Christmas Tree, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4 in.
Alice Dodd and her sons Rusty and Alan getting a Christmas tree with horses and sleigh. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 143.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0051
Doerkson and Hauff Families, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 2.5 x 3.75 in.
Left to right: Dorothy Doerkson, Pete Doerkson Sr., Jake Doerkson, Ray and Mary Hauff (Mary is the daughter of Peter and Catherina Doerkson), Catherina Doerkson, and three Hauff children. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 72.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0052
John T. Duerksen Family, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Mr. and Mrs. John T. Duerksen and other members of the family standing in front of a vertical log building. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 74.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0053
Pat Dwyer, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Pat Dwyer outside of his home. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 144.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0054
Adelaide Enns, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Adelaide Enns on their pony Rosie on the homestead. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 146.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0055
Enns on Horseback, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
A. H. Enns, his son Edwin, and Edwin’s wife Lena (nee Rieger). The Enns family’s first home in Crooked Creek is visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 146.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0056
Harvey Farrell, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5 in.
Harvey Farrell in the doorway of his log cabin home. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 221.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0057
Frank Hanson and Harvey Farrell, 1933
1 negative; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Frank Hanson (left) and Harvey Farrell. The two men are standing outside, possibly near a pump. Harvey is holding a tea kettle. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 221.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0058
Fehr Family – Females, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
A studio portrait of Mrs. Mary Fehr and her daughters Katherine and Anna. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 76.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0059
Fehr Family – Males, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
A studio portrait of Jake Fehr and his sons (left to right) Jake, Ben, and Ernie. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 76.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0060
Fair Family, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Mrs. Fair with two of her children, Bill and Margaret outside of a house in winter. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 52.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0061
George Fish, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
George Fish with snowshoes. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 214.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0062
Bob and Lou Frakes and Mrs. Frakes Sr., [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 5.25 in.
Bob and Lou Frakes with Mrs. Frakes Sr. seated in front of them. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 214.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0063
Bob Frakes Trick Roping, [ca. 1943]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4 in.
Bob Frakes entertaining at the Sturgeon Lake sports with his trick roping skills. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 215.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0064
Bob Frakes Fishing, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4 in.
Bob Frakes holding fish caught at Side Lake. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 215.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0065
Frakes and Carlsons, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2.5 in.
Left to right: Bob Frakes, Clara Frakes, Lou Frakes, Elaine Carlson, and Swede (Swen) Carlson in the box of sleigh at the Frakes ranch on the Simonette. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 93.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0066
John Gallagher, [ca. 1962]
1 negative; b & w; 3 x 4.75 in.
John Gallagher standing outside a door. He lived in the hamlet of DeBolt for many years and was sometimes known as “the mayor of DeBolt.” Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 93. See also photograph 0116.09.01.02.050.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0067
Elbert DeBolt, G. Moorehead and Given Family, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.75 in.
Left to right: Elbert DeBolt, G. Moorehead, Lily Given, Georgina Given, Bob Given, Albert Given, and George Given on and beside horses. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 101.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0068
Elizabeth and Georgina Given, 1931
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.75 in.
Mrs. Elizabeth and Georgina Given on the steps of William’s cabins at Sturgeon Lake. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 101.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0069
Given Family and Charlotte Bickell, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 3.25 in.
Left to right: Charlotte Bickell, Bob Given, Georgina Given, Wesley Given, George Given, and Lily Given. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 102.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0070
Annie Glaubitz, 1930
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 3.75 in.
Annie Glaubitz in front of a car. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 103.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0071
Bill Glaubitz, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
Bill Glaubitz in front of a car. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 102.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0072
Herb Glaubitz and a Bird of Prey, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
Herb Glaubitz holding up the carcass of a chicken thief (bird of prey). A car is visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 103.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0073
Alex and Frances Goodland, 1939
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
Alex and Frances Goodland outside their home with their dog. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 248.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0074
Alex Goodland and Christmas Tree, 1940
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Alex Goodland hauling a Christmas tree for the school by horse-drawn sleigh. The Goodland home is visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 248.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0075
Frances Goodland and Dog, 1939
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Frances Goodland feeding their dog. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 248.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0076
Frances Goodland and Pet Colt, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
Frances Goodland with her pet colt and dog. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 248.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0077
Dave Goodwin and Frank Stevenson, 1920
1 negative; b & w; 2.5 x 3.5 in.
Dave Goodwin (left) and Frank Stevenson (right) standing beside a buggy. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 10.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0078
George DeBolt and Dave Goodwin, [ca. 1958]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.75 in.
George DeBolt (left) and Dave Goodwin (right). Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 10.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0079
Mr. and Mrs. J. P. Grant, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 6 in.
John Parke “Jack” Grant and his wife Lillian. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 55.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0080
Griffiths and Sutleys, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
(Left to right) Jean Griffiths, Frank Griffiths, Betty Sutley, Glenn Sutley, Jean Sutley, Ben Sutley, and Cannon Tufts sitting on a bench in the woods. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 148.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0081
Snooks and Betty Groves, [ca. 1934]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.75 in.
Gerald “Snooks” and Betty Groves, having just completed 600 miles from near Grande Prairie to Champion. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 216. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.60.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0082
Group on Main Street, DeBolt, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Left to right: Betty Groves, Mrs. Grant, Terry Morrison, Lee Groves, and Leslie Riding with two dogs harnessed to a sled on main street DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 216.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0083
Groves Family at Sturgeon Lake, 1951
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.5 in.
The Snooks (Gerald) Groves family at Sturgeon Lake, posed in front of a car. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 216.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0084
Gunby Family, 1936
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Alva Gunby and his children at home on Easter Sunday, 1936. Left to right, Mary Lou, Dawn, (William) Alva, and Jerry Gunby. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 235.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0085
Grandma Crotty and Children, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Grandma Crotty (Mrs. William), her grandson Willie Harrington, and an unidentified girl. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 28.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0086
Dave Harrington and Dog, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 5.75 x 3.5 in.
Dave Harrington with the Harrington dog, Bennie. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 29.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0087
Willie Harrington and Dog, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
Willie Harrington with the Harrington dog, Bennie. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 29.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0088
J. L. and Josephine Harrington, [ca, 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 5.25 in.
J. L. Harrington and his daughter Josephine sitting on a bench, perhaps on their homestead at Sturgeon Heights. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 29.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0089
Christian Hauff Family, [ca, 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3.25 in.
A photograph of the Hauff family, presumably including parents Christian and Susanna, daughters Amanda, Melita, Miryon, Dora, and Rosa, and sons Raymond and Martin. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 104.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0090
Hauff and Doerkson Families, 1943
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Members of the Hauff and Doerkson families gathered for a formal occasion. Raymond Hauff had married Mary Doerkson in May 1933. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 104.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0091
Leo Holcombe’s Motorcycle, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
The first motorcycle in the area, owned by Leo Holcome. The motorcycle, a 1922 Harley Davidson, is parked in front of a log building. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 105.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0092
Leo Holcombe, 1930
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Leo Holcombe in front of his homestead shack. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 105.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0093
Tom Hubert, 1934
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Tom Hubert playing his accordion in Jasper Park. Tom was a bachelor who left his estate to the community. Consequently, he has a park in DeBolt named after him. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 272. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.062.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0094
Ella Hughes, [ca. 1936]
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 33.5 in.
Ella Hughes, carrying a stack of books and pictures and a lunch pail, crossing Clarkson Creek. Ella was the first teacher at Cornwall School. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 301.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0095
Alberta and Ruth Hughson, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.75 in.
Alberta and Ruth Hughson, daughters of James and Emily Hughson, standing beside a car and a frame building. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 150.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0096
Hughson Family, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Jim Hughson with son Owen, daughters Ruth Moore and Alberta, and granddaughter Dorothy Moore. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 151.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0097
Owen and Alberta Hughson with Dorothy Moore, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 3.5 in.
Owen Hughson seated beside his sister Alberta, who is holding their niece, Dorothy Moore. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 151.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0098
Jim Hughson with Grandchildren, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Jim Hughson with his grandchildren Marion, Margaret, and Gary Knox, children of his daughter Alberta, beside a car. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 151.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0099
Marian Quickfall and Kathleen and Matilda Jantz, 1941
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Marian Quickfall and Kathleen and Matilda Jantz. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 256.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0100
Peter Jantz Family, 1962
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Peter Jantz family celebrating Peter and Katherine Jantz’ 50th wedding anniversary. Children include Martha Jobson (front left), Matilda Macklin, Kathleen GIllies, Anna Purves, Ella Duncan, Mary, Sam, and Mable Gunter. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 256. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.067.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0101
Douwe Knobbe’s 50th Anniversary, 1933
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
A celebration in honour of Douwe Knobbe’s 50th Anniversary. Left to right, Evelyn Knobbe holding Peter, Rudolph Knobbe, Jack McDonald, Bert Crowe, Douwe Knobbe, August Kirner, Anna Knobbe, Margaret Lindsey, Doreen Crowe, Lillian Kirner, Mary Henry, and maybe a Lindsey child. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 16.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0102
Group of Ladies at Knobbes’, [ca. 1927]
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
A group of ladies at the Knobbes’ house. Left to right, Mrs. William Moody, Mrs. Douwe Knobbe, Mrs. Goetmaker, Marta Dedolph (teacher), Alida Moody and Ernie, and two unidentified. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 16.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0103
Group of Ladies at Knobbes’, 1935
1 negative; b & w; 2.5 x 4 in.
Ann Mix, Darwin School teacher, and Pete Knox at the log house the Knox brothers were building for L. McArthur. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 109.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0104
Knox Children, 1949
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
The children of Pete and Alberta Knox. Back row, left to right: Marion, Gary, and Margaret. Front row, left to right: Ila, Heather, and Arlene. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 109.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0105
Tony Kramps and Caroline Miller, 1934
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5 in.
Tony Kramps and Caroline Miller in a snowy field. The two were married in 1936. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 110.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0106
A Group of Neighbours, 1940
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Back row, left to right: Luke Dwyer, Mrs. Joe Miller, Betty McLane, Ruth Logan, Caroline Kramps, and Mrs. M. Thompson. Front row, left to right: Marlene Thompson, Sonny Thompson, Martin Thompson, Bob Kramps, Joe Miller, Jerry Kramps, Carol Clegg, Tom Clegg, and Harry Logan. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 111.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0107
Tony Kramps and Mel Tallon, 1934
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 6.5 in.
Tony Kramps and Mel Tallon at the Tallon homestead. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 111.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0108
Lathwell Brothers, 1931
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The Lathwell brothers (left to right), Harry, Charles, Edward, George, and William. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 187.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0109
Bill Lathwell Family, 1937
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
The Lathwell family, Bill, Emily, and Bobby, on their homestead. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 152.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0110
Bill LaValley, Dorothy DeBolt, and Alberta Hughson, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
Bill LaValley standing with Dorothy DeBolt (left) and Alberta Hughson (right). Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 16.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0111
Lenes and Linds, [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Left to right, Carl Lenes, Alfred Lind, Alma Lenes, Bernard Lenes, and Gertrude Lind standing in front of a car. Gertrude is the daughter of Carl and Alma Lenes. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 153.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0112
Bill Leonard, [ca. 1962]
1 negative; b & w;
Bill Leonard standing in front of a doorway. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 52. See also photograph 0116.09.01.02.071.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0113
The Lewis Family and Visitors, 1935
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
The Lewis and visitors at their Sturgeon Heights home. Front row, left to right: Jack Lewis, Beverly Bare (a visitor), and Cecil Lewis. Back row, left to right: a visitor, Fred Lewis and Mary Lewis. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 239.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0114
Lewis Men, 1955
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Seated, left to right: Fred Lewis and Jack Lewis, teacher at Sturgeon Heights school, with Cecil Lewis standing behind them and Sandy the dog on the ground in front. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 240.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0115
Alfred and Gertrude Lind, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Alfred and Gertrude Lind seated on a car bumper. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 154.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0116
Alfred and Gertrude Lind Farm, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
The Alfred and Gertrude Lind farm at Goodwin. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 154.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0117
Ed Lebinski, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Ed Lebinski working with logs on his homestead north of Sturgeon Heights. A couple of buildings are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 239.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0118
Fred and Margaret Loewen Wedding, 1942
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
The wedding of Fred Loewen and Margaret Quickfall. Left to right: Fred, Margaret, Art Loewen, and unknown (likely Della Quickfall, Jean Quickfall, and Jim Quickfall). Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 223.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0119
At Bickell’s Mill, January 1, 1951
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
Gathering at Bickell’s Mill on New Year’s Day. Big Slim (Fred Kowalik), Jean and Jim Quickfall, Marion and Margaret Loewen, Frank Quickfall, Kennie and Fred Loewen, and the Loewen children. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 224. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.076.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0120
Jimmy Jackson and Jean Loewen, [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Jean Loewen and Jimmy Jackson outside of the Crooked Creek Co-op Store. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 224.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0121
Leonard and Olive Martel, 1919
1 negative; b & w; 2.5 x 3.5 in.
Leonard and Olive Martel in a baby carriage in Grande Prairie. A house and possible Montrose School are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 52.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0122
Group at the Martel Homestead, [ca. 1921]
1 negative; b & w; 3 x 3.5 in.
A group at the Martel homestead. Left to right, Mr. and Mrs. Frank Crummy and son, Mr. Edeas Martel and children Clara and Leonard (sitting), and Olive Martel sitting in the lap of an unidentified lady from Grande Prairie. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 53.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0123
Martel Children at Sturgeon Lake Mission, [ca. 1926]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Left to right, Leonard, Olive, Edward, and Amanda (seated) Martel at the Sturgeon Lake Mission. The four oldest Martel children attended the Mission school after the death of their father. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 53.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0124
Martel Family, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 2.75 in.
Some of the Martel family, left to right: Olive, Edward, Anne, Henry, and Mrs. Edeas Martel, beside a horse. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 53.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0125
Belle and Albert Matlock, 1938
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.5 in.
Belle and Albert Matlock outside their homestead house. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 155.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0126
Matlock Family, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
The Matlock family, perhaps gathered for the wedding of Barbara Matlock and Ellis Turner. Left to right: Ellis and Barbara Turner, Albert and Belle Matlock, Eula and Jim Miller, and Lucille, Dean, Donald, and Harold Matlock. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 156.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0127
Jim Matlock, [ca. 1929]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2 in.
James “Jim” Preston Matlock seated beside a tree. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 157.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0128
Maude Matlock, Joyce Bleumenchine, and Eva Matlock, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.25 in.
Mrs. Maude Matlock, Joyce Bleumenchine, and Eva Matlock (or alternately E. Matlock, I. Bleumenchine, and baby Joyce). Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 157.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0129
Wade and Jimmy Matlock, 1928
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.75 in.
Wade and Jimmy Matlock in front of their cabin. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 80.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0130
Mr. and Mrs. D. D. McArthur, 1910
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Studio portrait of Mr. and Mrs. D. D. McArthur, likely in Vancouver. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 17. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.101.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0131
Malcolm McArthur and Willie Harrington, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.75 in.
Malcolm McArthur (left) and Willie Harrington (right) at a table outside a building. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 18.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0132
Robert Mehlum, Dorothy DeBolt, Ove Nielsen, and Ed Mehlum, [ca. 1924]
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Robert Mehlum, Dorothy DeBolt, Ove Nielsen, and Ed Mehlum standing in a field. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 32.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0133
Joe and Theresa Miller, 1937
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
Joe and Theresa Miller at their homestead in winter. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 242.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0134
Ann and Caroline Miller, April 22, 1934
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.5 in.
Ann and Caroline Miller on the bridge they built. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 240.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0135
Ann Miller, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
Ann Miller in front of the Miller cabin. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 241.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0136
Havey Farrell, Caroline and Ann Miller, and Bill Parker, 1936
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Left to right, Havey Farrell, Caroline and Ann Miller, and Bill Parker posed outside in winter. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 241.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0137
The Miller Girls and Pearl Weber, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
Left to right, Ann Miller, Pearl Weber, and Caroline Miller home from a hunt. The women are standing with a moose carcass in front of a log cabin. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 241.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0138
Caroline Miller and Bub Tallon, 1934
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.5 in.
Caroline Miller and Bub Tallon on the Tallon homestead in winter. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 227.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0139
William Moody Family, [ca. 1920]
1 negative; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Left to right, William, Ron, Harriet, and Reg Moody. The photograph is taken outside and there is a barn visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 33.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0140
Reg Moody Family, 1927.
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.75 in.
Reg, Alida, and Ernie Moody at home in winter. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 34.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0141
Moody Family, [ca. 1931]
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
Four generations of the Moody family. Left to right, William, Reg, Ernie, Grandma Moody (William’s mother), and Elsie (in carriage). The group is posed in front of a car. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 34.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0142
Moody Family, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
Left to right, Bob, Ron, William Sr., Reg, Harriet, William Jr., and Ernest (front). Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 35.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0143
Charlie, Maurice, and Marvin Moore, 1940
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
Charlie Moore and his sons Maurice and Marvin in the first clover crop. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 118. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.136.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0144
Charlie Moore Family with Laura DeBolt, [ca. 1958]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.75 in.
Left to right: Norman, Charlie, Marvin, Brian, Vernon, Grandma Laura DeBolt, Maurice, Winnie, and Lynda Moore outside a house. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 119.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0145
Ivan and Gladys Morrison, [ca. 1960]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 3 in.
Ivan and Gladys Morrison, likely taken when the Morrisons were on vacation. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 158.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0146
Ian and Terry Morrison, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Ian and Terry Morrison, sons of Ivan and Gladys, on bicycles. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 158.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0147
Jack Harris and Charlie Moore, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 3.75 in.
Jack Harris and Charlie Moore in front of Charlie’s first cabin. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 116.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0148
Winnie and Maurice Moore, 1936
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Winnie and Maurice Moore at the Moores’ first homestead on the Harper Creek road. They are sitting on the porch of a log home. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 117. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.139.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0149
Dorothy Moore, [ca. 1937]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5 in.
Dorothy Moore, daughter of Tom and Ruth, on a horse. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 117.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0150
Clyde and Eva Matlock, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Clyde and Eva Matlock in their garden. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 113.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0151
Clyde Matlock and Granddaughter, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Clyde Matlock with his granddaughter beside a house. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 113.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0152
Eva Matlock, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5 in.
Eva Matlock standing beside a house. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 113.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0153
Mehlums at the Martinson Home, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 4 in.
Left to right, Robert Mehlum, Mrs. Martinson, John Martinson, and Pearl Mehlum in front of the Martinson home at Goodwin. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 56.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0154
Martel Family, 1926
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Left to right: Anna, Amanda, Mrs. Edeas Martel, Henry, Edward, Leonard, and Olive Martel beside a car. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 56.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0155
George Fish and Fred Mabbutt, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 5.25 in.
George Fish and Fred Mabbutt, holding a jug. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 60.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0156
Dr. Neilson, Fred Surtees, and Bill Dodd, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3 x 5 in.
Dr. Neilson, Fred Surtees, and Bill Dodd outside of a log cabin. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 247.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0157
Joe Newman and an N.A.R. Engine, 1953
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Joe Newman, a fireman on the Northern Alberta Railways, posed beside an engine at the finish of his last run (Rycroft to Dawson Creek) before his retirement in 1953. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 10.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0158
Nelms Family, [ca. 1938]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3.5 in.
Back, left to right: George, Roy, and Violet Nelms, holding Joyce. Front, left to right: Margaret Nelms and cousin Joan Mitchell. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 220.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0159
Helmer Nystrom, [ca. 1975]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Helmer Nystrom, at the age of 84, still doing carpenter work. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 159.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0160
Ellis Turner and a Group of Ladies, [ca. 1925]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25
Left to right: Muriel Nowry, Virginia DeBolt, Ellis Turner, Annie Nowry, and Dorothy Nowry. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 54. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.147.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0161
Pellerin Family, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Ray and Jean Pellerin with their sons Harvey, Ernest, and James, in front of the Bert Preace shack with a dirt floor and roof. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 191.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0162
Ray Pellerin and Boys with Tom Mould, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Ray Pellerin with his sons Harvey, Ernest, and James, and Tom Mould. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 191.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0163
Pellerin Garden, August 1935
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
The Pellerin garden covered in snow in August 1935. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 191.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0164
Reg Perkins, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.5 in.
Reg Perkins outside of a house. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 82.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0165
Perkins and Tomlin Families, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
Left to right: Bill and Sue Perkins, Rose and Doris (visitors), Mary, Rosemary, and Art Tomlin, and Ernie Perkins. Seated, Reg Perkins. The group is standing in front of a house. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 83.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0166
Bill Perkins, Jr., [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
Bill Perkins Jr. in the garden outside a house. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 83.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0167
Carl W. Pettersson, 1935
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
Carl W. Pettersson standing outside a cabin with loaves of bread in his hands. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 121.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0168
Walter and Margaret Peterson, 1939
1 negative; b & w; 6.25 x 3.5 in.
Walter and Margaret Peterson standing in a field. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 22
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0169
Plante Family, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.75 in.
Left to right: Florence, Mrs. Alphonse Plante, Alphonse Plante, and Gertrude Plante. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 251.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0170
Mr. and Mrs. Jim Platt, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
Jim Platt and Violet Joron Platt standing in a field. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 14.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0171
Spring Day at the Plante Home, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Left to right: Bill Parker, Florence Plante, Ella Hughes (teacher), and Gertrude Plante at the Plante home on a spring day. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 221.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0172
Della and Jean Quickfall, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 6.75 x 4 in.
Della Quickfall and her daughter Jean standing in a field. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 222.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0173
Ratzlaff Family, 1935
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 2.75 in.
Mr. and Mrs. Andrew B. Ratzlaff with son Jake, his wife Sarah and their family, and another son Ike, his wife Helen, and their family. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 84.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0174
Dave and Willie Harrington with the Quickfalls, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
Left to right: Jim, Della, Jean, and Margaret Quickfall, and Dave and Willie Harrington. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 222.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0175
Ratzlaff Family, 1943
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Many members of the Ratzlaff family gathered posed outside of a house. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 84.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0176
Grandma Ratzlaff and Granddaughters, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
Grandma (Mrs. Andrew B.?) Ratzlaff with seven of her granddaughters beside a house. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 84.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0177
Wedding of Dave and Melita Ratzlaff, March 2, 1939
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Dave Ratzlaff and Melita Hauff on their wedding day, March 2, 1939. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 85.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0178
Dave Ratzlaff Family, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
Ester, Melita (nee Hauff), Rose-Ann, Dave, and Eva Ratzlaff outside of a house. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 85.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0179
Frank Ratzlaff Family, [ca. 1960]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Back row, left to right: Anne (nee Kalman), Frank, and Gerald Ratzlaff. Front row, left to right: Charlotte, Elaine, Sandra, and RoseMary Ratzlaff. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 86.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0180
Frank Ratzlaff’s Children, [ca. 1962]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3 in.
Left to right Gerald, RoseMary, Charlotte, Elaine, and Sandra, children of Frank and Anne Ratzlaff, on the homestead. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 86.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0181
John and Edith Riding, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 3.25 in.
John and Edith Riding standing in a field. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 61.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0182
Threshing at Ridings’, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Threshing time at Ridings’. Left to right: Tom Klassen, Percy McFalls, Dale DeBolt, Jim Airth, Edith Riding, Rev. Roy Hicks, Leslie Riding, John Riding, and Elbert DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 61.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0183
John Rieger, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
John Rieger standing beside railway tracks. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 260.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0184
Mr. and Mrs. Reynolds, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3.5 in.
Mr. and Mrs. William Melville Reynolds with dog Brownie in front of their home on Clarkson hill. The sign behind Mr. Reynolds advertises watch, clock, and jewlery repair. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 192.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0185
Mr. and Mrs. Reynolds, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 3 in.
Mr. and Mrs. William Melville Reynolds, Red and Saide Bekkeheim, and Dick Solomon in front of the Reynolds’ home on Clarkson hill. The sign on the far right advertises watch, clock, and jewlery repair. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 192.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0186
Rose Robertson, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
Rose Robertson working in the garden. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 87.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0187
Reg Robertson, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
Rose Robertson. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 87.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0188
Ridgevalley Teachers, 1946
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3.5 in.
Ridgevalley teachers Lillian Reid and Ruth Rogers. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 296.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0189
Clara and Bill Sargent, 1939
1 negative; b & w; 6 x 3.5 in.
Clara (nee Enns) and Bill Sargent outside their home. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 198.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0190
Fay, Bill, and Ken Sargent, [ca. 1944]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Bill Sargent with his children, Fay and Ken. The Morrison-Sargent bus is visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 200.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0191
Airths, Kenneways, and Scotts, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Left to right: Jim Kenneway, Roy Scott, Arlene and Phyllis Airth, Mary and Bob Kenneway, and Nellie, Myrtle, and Gordon Scott. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 203.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0192
Myrtle and Fred Sedore, November 1931
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 6 in.
Myrtle (nee Henry) and Fred Sedore sitting on a wagon frame a few days after their wedding in November 1931. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 126.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0193
Sedore and Weegar Children, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
The Sedore and Weegar children in winter. Left to right: Rita Sedore, Earl Weegar, Harvey Weegar, Ernie Sedore, Bessie Sedore, Katherine Sedore, Delmer Weegar, and Lorice Weegar. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 127.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0194
Sedore Family, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3.25 in.
Fred Sedore and his children. Back row, left to right: Ernie, Rita, and Bessie. Front row, left to right: Margaret, Fred, and Stan Sedore. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 127.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0195
Urias Sherk, [ca. 1919]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.25 in.
Urias Sherk seated in a wicker rocking chair. Urias Sherk was the father of Violet Jordan Platt. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 48.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0196
Jean Powell and Vyda Sheets, 1937
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
Jean Powell (left) and Vyda Sheets (right), the first teachers of the two room school at Ridgevalley. They are standing outside the cabin of Caroline and Tony Kramps, where they boarded. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 296.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0197
Tom Starkey, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5 in.
Tom Starkey in the doorway of a cabin. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 128.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0198
Tom Starkey, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.5 in
Tom Starkey in front of a cook tent north of DeBolt, likely while he was cooking for a crew of surveyors in the area. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 128.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0199
Tom Starkey, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.5 in
Tom Starkey and Art Boe at an outdoor barber shop, possibly taken while Tom was cooking for a crew of surveyors. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 128.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0200
Tom Starkey and Horse, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3 in.
Tom Starkey and a saddled horse outside a cabin in winter. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 129.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0201
Starkey Family, [ca. 1947]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 3.5 in.
The Starkey family posed beside a truck. Left to right: Doris, Barbara, Christine, Tom, Margaret, and Doris Sr. Starkey. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 129.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0202
Starkey and Doerkson Girls, [ca. 1947]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Starkey and Doerkson girls carrying bouquets and wearing wreaths of flowers. Left to right, Christine and Doris Starkey, Elsie Doerkson, Margaret Starkey, and Liz Doerkson. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 129.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0203
Frank and Edna Stevenson, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Frank and Edna Stevenson standing in a field. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 36.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0204
Edna, Frank, and Bob Stevenson, [ca. 1931]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Edna Stevenson with her two oldest sons, Frank Jr. and Bob, outside the family’ s cabin. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 37.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0205
Stevenson Family, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Left to right: Edna, Edna Jr., Frank Jr., Marlene Bowman, Frank, Lloyd, Bob, and Alice Stevenson. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 37.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0206
Bowers, Sutherlands, and Nellie Fraser, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 3.75 in.
Mrs. Scott Bower, Scott Bower, Mrs. Nellie Fraser (visitor), Bill Sutherland, and Mrs. Sutherland in the garden. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 263..
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0207
Mel and Bub Tallon, 1940
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Mel and Bub Tallon outside of their Beauty Salon in Santa Barbara, California. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 263..
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0208
Mr. and Mrs. Joe Taylor with Marion, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Irene and Joe Taylor with their daughter Marion in front of their home in Crooked Creek. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 89.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0209
Group at the DeBolt Sports Day, [ca. 1932]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
Left to right: Marion and Phyllis Taylor, John Kramps, Nita Taylor, and Mary White at the DeBolt Sports Day. The group drove there with a horse and wagon. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 89.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0210
Tom and Emma James with Annie Glaubitz, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.75 in.
Left to right: Annie Glaubitz, Emma James, and Tom James standing on the porch of a house. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 89.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0211
Emma James and Grandson, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3.75 in.
Emma James and a grandson holding a cat stand in the garden beside a building. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 89.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0212
Tomlin Family, [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 3 in.
Art and Mary Tomlin with daughters RoseMary, Laura, and Betty, and grandchildren in England. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 59.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0213
Mr. and Mrs. Trottier and Emily, 1940
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.25 in.
Wilfred and Emma Trottier with their second-oldest daughter Emily beside a lake. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 244.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0214
Mr. and Mrs. Trottier and Emily, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
The Wilfred and Emma Trottier home, built in 1940. The couple standing outside the house is presumably the Trottiers. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 244.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0215
Sam and Minnie Turner, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
Sam and Minnie Turner standing in a field in winter. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 40.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0216
Group of Men and Boys with Dog, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Left to right: Louis Voshall, Harry Oyler, and Fred Moreland, with Vernon Voshall and Billy Kirner in the wagon and a dog standing beside them. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 42.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0217
Walgren Family, [ca. 1939]
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.25 in.
Walter, Eric, and Margaret (nee Friesen) Walgren. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 168.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0218
Margaret Walgren, Annie Glaubitz, and Marie Rooney, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.25 in.
Margaret Walgren, Annie Glaubitz, and Marie Rooney standing in a field. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 168.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0219
Warren Family, 1930
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
The Warren family’s first Christmas on their homestead: Jane, Norman, Harry, Dora, Jean, and Lawrence Warren. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 169. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.186.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0220
Warren Family, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
The Warren family beside a body of water. Back row: Lawrence, Harry, Jane, and Dora. Front: Jean and Norma Warren. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 169.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0221
Snooks Groves and Art Weatherby, 1933
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
Snooks Groves and Art Weatherby at the Weatherby cabin at Simonette flats. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 49.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0222
Weber Family, June 1933
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
The Weber family, Pearl, Irene, Cecil, and Edgar, leaving the south for the Peace River District in June 1933. Behind them is their Bennett wagon with a tent over it. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 230.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0223
Webers and Teacher, [ca. 1938]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 6 in.
Left to right: Irene and Cecil Weber, schoolteacher (possibly Ella Hughes), and Pearl Weber outside of a log building. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 231.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0224
Weegar Family, August 1935
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
The Weegar family and garden at DeBolt. Rupert and Hazel with their children Earl, Lorice, and Harvey. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 170.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0225
Weegar Children and Mildred Anderson, June 1941
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
Left to right: Mildred Anderson and Lorice, Delmar, Harvey, and Earl Weegar dressed in military costumes. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 170.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0226
At the Weegars, 1943
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2 in.
Left to right: Bill Leonard, Delmar Weegar, Hazel Weegar, Bill McKinley, Lorice Weegar, Frances Summack, and Harvey Weegar at the Weegars’. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 171.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0227
Going to Church, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Hazel Weegar, Lila Gunby, and children going to church at DeBolt in a horse-drawn wagon. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 171.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0228
Adolph Weiss, Sr., [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3.25 in.
Adolph Weiss Sr. ready for the trapline. He is shown holding a pair of snowshoes with dogs bearing packs circling his feet. A barn and outbuildings are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 205
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0229
Welander Family, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 5.5 x 3.75 in.
Cora, Sigfred, and Wendell Welander in front of their home. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 131.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0230
Sigfred Welander, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3.5 in.
Sigfred Welander prepared for hunting with a gun and a dog. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 131.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0231
Wendt Family, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Lottie and Herman Wendt with an unidentified child, possibly Bill Wendt. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 205.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0232
Mary White, [ca. 1933-1934]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 5.5 in.
Mary White, the first teacher at Ridgevalley, on horseback. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 297.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0233
Edgar Whitfield, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 2.75 x 2 in.
Portrait of Edgar Whitfield. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 133.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0234
Mrs. Wilburn and Jean, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Mrs. Jack Wilburn and her daughter Jean. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 171.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0235
Ed Wilburn, 1940
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Ed Wilburn outside a building. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 172.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0236
Mr. and Mrs. Jack Wilburn, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Mr. and Mrs. Jack Wilburn, presumably inside of their home. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 172.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0237
Mr. and Mrs. Tom Williams, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Mr. and Mrs. Tom Williams seated inside a house. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 173.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0238
Elmer Wilson, Alberta Kadey, and Ruth Wilson, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5 in.
Left to right: Elmer Wilson, Alberta Kadey, and Ruth Wilson outside. Elmer is sawing wood. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 238.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0239
Ruth and Elmer Wilson, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 3 in.
Ruth Wilson playing a banjo and her brother, Elmer Wilson, playing a guitar. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 238.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0240
Wilson Children, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
Left to right: Jim, Patricia, Bob, and Ann Wilson on the Wilsons’ Cornwall homestead. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 233.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0241
Weegars and Pattersons with Jack Andrews, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
A group gathered on and beside a wagon composed of Jack Andrews and members of the Weegar (including Hazel, Earl, and Lorice) and Patterson (including Roy) families.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0242
Smoky River Bridge Construction, [ca. 1949]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 4 in.
Scaffolding and some machinery is visible in this photograph of the starting stages of the construction of the Smoky River Bridge. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 348. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.461.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0243
Smoky River Bridge Construction, [ca. 1949]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2 in.
The first piers are up and some of the steel framework installed in this photograph of the construction of the Smoky River Bridge. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 348. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.462.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0244
Smoky River Bridge Construction, [ca. 1949]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
he first piers are up and some of the steel framework installed in this photograph of the construction of the Smoky River Bridge. A car and three men are shown in the foreground. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 348. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.463.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0245
Smoky River Bridge Construction, [ca. 1949]
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 2 in.
Two piers are up and some of the steel framework installed in this photograph of the construction of the Smoky River Bridge. Scaffolding is visible across the rest of the river. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 348. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.465.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0246
Smoky River Ferry and Bridge, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 4.25 in.
The old ferry and the new bridge over the Smoky River on the day of the Smoky River Bridge opening. The ferry is loaded with people and vehicles and the bridge is lined with spectators. This may be the last ferry crossing the Smoky River. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 349. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.487.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0247
Smoky River Bridge Opening, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 3.5 in.
The day of the Smoky River Bridge opening. The photograph shows a line of vehicles parked on one bank with crowds of people visible on and across the bridge. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 352. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.483.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0248
Smoky River Bridge Opening, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 4 in.
A photograph of the Smoky River Bridge opening showing people crossing the bridge for the first time. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 353. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.486.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0249
Smoky River Bridge Opening Parade, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
The Smoky River Bridge opening parade crossing the bridge. The photograph was taken from the ground where a large group of spectators has gathered (visible in the foreground). Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 350. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.482.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0250
First Nations in Bridge Opening, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 4.25 in.
First Nations, some wearing regalia, lead the parade off the bridge at the Smoky River Bridge opening. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 350. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.467.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0251
Hudson’s Bay Company Float, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 6.25 x 3 in.
The Hudson’s Bay Company float in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade, featuring a canoe and several costumed men, including Paul Deimert. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 350. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.469.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0252
Hudson’s Bay Company Float, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2 in.
The Hudson’s Bay Company float in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade, featuring a canoe and several costumed men, including Paul Deimert. The photograph is taken from the bridge. Spectators, cabins, tents, and cars are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 351. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.470.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0253
DeBolt Float, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 4 in.
The DeBolt float in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade. (L to R) Margaret Starkey, Elvina Goldring, Noreen Coogan, and Dorothy Moore. The float is decorated with grain and clover blossoms and each girl has a wreath of clover in her hair. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 350 and in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 42. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.477.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0254
Legion Float, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
George Given stands beside the East of the Smoky Branch Canadian Legion float in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 352.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0255
DeBolt Float, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 3 in.
The DeBolt float in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade featuring Margaret Starkey, Elvina Goldring, Noreen Coogan, and Dorothy Moore. The float is decorated with grain and clover blossoms and each girl has a wreath of clover in her hair. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 351.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0256
LaGlace and District Float, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 2.75 in.
The La Glace and District float in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade. The float was sponsored by the La Glace Board of Trade and featured a number of model buildings on a flat-bed trailer bulled by a truck. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 352. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.476.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0257
Covered Wagon Float, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3.25 in.
Wilfred Yates with his team of oxen pulling a covered wagon in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade. The side of the wagon canvas reads “Grande Prairie or Bust”. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 352. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.474.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0258
Stage Coach Float, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 5.5 x 2.25
A horse-drawn stage coach with outriders in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 351. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.472.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0259
Stage Coach Float, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
A horse-drawn stage coach in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade. The photograph is taken from the bridge. Spectators, cabins, tents, and cars are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 351. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.473.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0260
Smoky River Bridge Opening Parade, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
A view of a few of the floats in the Smoky Bridge Opening parade taken from the bridge. Spectators, cabins, tents, and cars are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 351. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.479.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0261
Anglican Church Float, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 5.5 x 2.75 in.
The Anglican Church float in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade. The float features a model log church on a wagon pulled by the Anglican Church Athabasca Diocese Sunday School Mission van. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 351. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.478.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0262
Charney Men, 1944
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Left to right: Steve, Bill, Jack, and Don Charney. The building on the right is Grey’s store and the first post office at Clarkson Valley. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 287.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0263
Ridgevalley Coop Cheese Factory, Crooked Creek, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2 in.
An exterior view of the Ridgevalley Coop Cheese Factory located in Crooked Creek. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 288. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.189.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0264
Team and Wagon at the Cheese Factory, Crooked Creek, 1939
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
Donald Dierker’s team and wagon at the Ridgevalley Coop Cheese Factory located in Crooked Creek. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 288. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.190.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0265
Feed Chopping Mill, 1934
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2 in.
The feed chopping mill at DeBolt beside Morrison’s store, looking west. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 290. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.199.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0266
DeBolt Post Office, 1927
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.75 in.
(L-R) Dale DeBolt, Winnifred DeBolt, Dorothy DeBolt (alternately Jack DeBolt, Dorothy DeBolt, Margaret Jordan) and postmistress Laura DeBolt outside the DeBolt post office. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 27 and 285. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.193.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0267
DeBolt’s First Home and Post Office, 1933
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 3.75 in.
DeBolt’s first home and post office, built in 1920 and added to in 1927. This was the home of H. Elbert and Laura DeBolt. The foundation for a new house is visible in the foreground. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 289. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.192.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0268
DeBolt, [ca. 1937]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
A view of DeBolt looking west. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 290. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.194.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0269
DeBolt, 1934
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
A view of DeBolt looking east. The feed chopping mill and Morrison’s store are visible on the left. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 290.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0270
James Platt at the Goodwin Post Office, [ca. 1925]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 3.25
James Platt in the doorway of the first Goodwin Post Office. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 286. See also photographs 116.09.01.02.157 and 116.09.01.02.213.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0271
McArthur’s Store, Sturgeon Heights, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
A First Nations man and his dogsled team outside of McArthur’s store in Sturgeon Heights. The McArthurs also had a store in DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 286. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.221.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0272
Boys Outside McArthur Store at DeBolt, 1929
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 3 in.
A group of boys on a sled gathered outside the McArthur Store in DeBolt. (L-R, standing) Walter Peterson, Ernie Fehr, and Lorne McArthur, (sitting) Roderick McArthur and Angus McArthur. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 18. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.196.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0273
McArthur Store, DeBolt, 1929
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
People outside the McArthur Store at DeBolt in the winter of 1929. Jake Fehr and Miss Wilson are on horseback, Angus McArthur is standing in front of them, and Rod McArthur is seated on the sleigh behind him. To the left, unidentified customers chat. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 289.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0274
McArthur Store and Home, DeBolt, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
Horses and sleighs outside of the McArthur Store and home in DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 289.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0275
D. D. McArthur and Children, [ca. 1937]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
D. D. McArthur and children at the Lake with a load of white fish to sell. The McArthur store (at Sturgeon Heights?) is visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 18.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0276
Rod McArthur Store, DeBolt, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
An exterior view of the Rod McArthur store in DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 289.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0277
Tom Moore Blacksmith Shop and Home, DeBolt, 1940
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
An exterior view of Tom Moore’s blacksmith shop in DeBolt with his home visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 290.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0278
Morrison Store, DeBolt, 1942
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75 in.
An exterior view of the Morrison store in DeBolt with a truck parked outside and a car driving past. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 290.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0279
Building the Morrison-Wilburn Store, Crooked Creek, 1942
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 4.25
An unidentified man working on the windows as the Morrison-Wilburn store is being built at Crooked Creek. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 172.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0280
Rooney’s Store and Post Office, Crooked Creek, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
A group of men wait for the mail on the porch of Rooney’s Store and post office at Crooked Creek. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 286.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0281
Airth Children with a Pig, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Les and Wilbert Airth holding a piglet. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 314.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0282
Baby Birnie-Browne with Pigs, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
One of the Bernie-Browne babies in the farmyard with a group of piglets. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 314.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0283
Birnie-Browne Children, [ca. 1942]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Frances, Buddy (Walter), Ed, Anne, Don, Marjorie, and Jerry Bernie-Browne at their home. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 267.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0284
Aileen and Birnie-Browne Children, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Back: Ed, Frances, Aileen (mother), and Anne. Front: Marjorie, Jerry, Don and Buddy (Walter) Bernie-Browne at the Reynolds place. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 267.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0285
Leota Wilburn and Charlotte Bickell, 1935
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
Leota Wilburn (left) and Charlotte Bickell (right) standing outside in winter. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 66.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0286
Bickell and Wilburn Children, 1936
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
The Bickell and Wilburn children at Christmas 1936. Left to right: Ed and Don Wilburn, Richard and Roy Bickell, Leota and Jean Wilburn, Charlotte and Bob Bickell, and Evelyn Wilburn. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 66.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0287
McArthur and DeBolt Boys, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
Left to right: Malcolm and Angus McArthur, and Clifford, Jack, and Dale DeBolt playing with a replica of a tandem outfit pulling a logging sleigh. The outfit was designed and built by Dale DeBolt using binder twine, haywire, and old pulleys. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 315.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0288
Clarke Baby, [ca. 1936]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5 in.
A Clarke baby (perhaps Carole?), during the Depression. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 316.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0289
Cornwall Creek Children, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Cornwall Creek children playing on the roof of the old Thompson shack. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 317.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0290
Given, Riding, Stevenson Children, Summer 1932
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
The Given, Riding, and Stevenson children in a boat. A dock is visible in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0291
Girls with Puppies, 1939
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Left to right: Lorice Weegar, Mary Lou and Dawne Gunby, and Noreen Coogan holding puppies. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 313.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0292
Quickfall Girls with Cats, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
Margaret, Jean, and Marion Quickfall with their cats. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 313.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0293
Girls with Dogs, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Left to right: Josie Harrington, Charlotte Cavett, Margaret Fair, Jean Quickfall, and Hazel Cavett with dogs in winter. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 314.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0294
Matlock Children, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Left to right: Preston, Barbara, and Donald Matlock. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 156.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0295
Boys’ Ferry Service, 1929
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 3.25 in.
Robert Mehlum and Dale DeBolt in a home-made boat on Mehlum Creek. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 316. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.230.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0296
Moody Children, [ca. 1932]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Left to right: Elsie, Charles, and Ernest Moody seated on a blanket outside. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 34.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0297
Maurice and Marvin Moore, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
Maurice and Marvin Moore on a wagon box. These are Charlie and Winnie (nee DeBolt) Moore’s sons. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 316. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.135.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0298
Maurice Moore, [ca. 1944]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4 in.
Maurice Moore riding a cow. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 314.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0299
Swimming in the Simonette River, [ca. 1944]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.75 in.
Left to right: Marvin Moore, Maurice Moore, and Otis Wolchyn playing on a log in the Simonette River Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 340.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0300
Terry Morrison Riding a Deer, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75
Terry Morrison on the back of a dead deer propped up against a porch. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 313.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0301
Nelms Girls on Horseback, 1944
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3.75 in.
Margaret and Joyce Nelms on the pony Mable. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 220.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0302
Jean Quickfall with a Wheelbarrow, [ca. 1938]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 3.25 in.
Jean Quickfall transporting a cat in a wheelbarrow. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 315.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0303
Jean Quickfall on a Sleigh, [ca. 1938]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 3 in.
Jean Quickfall on a sleigh being pulled by a dog. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 315.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0304
Jean Quickfall with Tim and Marie McLane, [ca. 1942]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
Jean Quickfall standing with Tim and Marie McLane outside a house. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 260.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0305
Quickfall, Diemert, and Bayley Children, [ca. 1932]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 4.75 in.
Marion and Margaret Quickfall with some of the Diemert and Bayley children sitting on a pile of lumber. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 92.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0306
Buddy and Shirley Reynolds, [ca. 1938]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Buddy (Reg Jr.) and Shirley Reynolds playing on swings on the homestead. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 314.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0307
Roy Scott, [ca. 1938]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Roy Scott as a small boy. The photograph was likely taken before the family arrived in the DeBolt area. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 202.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0308
McArthur Boy Riding a Stick Horse, 1921
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
One of the McArthur boys riding a stick horse by Sturgeon Lake. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 314. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.229.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0309
Turner Children, [ca. 1960]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Joan, Bill, Linda, and Valerie Turner, children of Ellis and Barbara Turner, standing beside a house and a car. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 41.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0310
Sunday Mass at Diemerts’, 1937
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
Back row, left to right: Frank Diemert, Emma Ringle, Wilfred Ringle, Ann Miller, Theresa Miller, Joe Miller, Roy Ringle, and Tony Kramps. Front row, left to right: Duane, Paul, Anita, Estelle, Joan, Peter, Danny, and Matilda Diemert, and Ruth Ringle. The priest is likely Rev. N. Roue. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 308.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0311
Catholic Church at Crooked Creek, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
The interior chancel/altar area of the Catholic Church at Crooked Creek. It appears to be decorated for Christmas. The first service was held in the church in 1942 and it was blessed in 1946 under the name of “The Holy Rosary Parish of DeBolt and Crooked Creek.” Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 309.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0312
Catechism Class, 1942
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25
The 1942 Catechism Class from Holy Rosary Catholic Church, Crooked Creek. The class was held August 18 to 24 and taught by Father Beaucage and two Sisters of Providence from Sturgeon Lake. The catechumens included McLean, Diemert, and other children. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 309.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0313
Catechism Class, 1943
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
The 1943 Catechism Class from Holy Rosary Catholic Church, Crooked Creek. The class was held August 8 to 15 and taught by Father Tetreault and Sisters of Providence from Sturgeon Lake. The photograph shows the Sisters, Father Giguene, and McLane, Diemert, Bayley, Clegg, and Kramps children. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 309.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0314
Catechism or Confirmation Class, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
A Catechism or Confirmation Class from Holy Rosary Catholic Church, Crooked Creek. Back row: Jerry Kramps, Dan and Bill McLane, and Tommy Diemert. Second row: Father Thomas, Carol Clegg, Marie Ringle, Willard Logan, Bob Kramps, unknown, and Father Tetrault. Front row: Loretta Clegg, Lucille Ringle, and Eugene and Joe Kramps. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 310.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0315
Catholic Women’s League Meeting, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
A group of women assembled outside Monica Hink’s home for a Catholic Women’s League (The Holy Rosary Parish of DeBolt and Crooked Creek) meeting. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 310. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.236.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0316
First Confirmation, April 28, 1943
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
The first confirmation held at the new Holy Rosary Parish of DeBolt and Crooked Creek Church . Those pictured include: Bishop Guy and godparents, Pat Rooney, Emma Sheltreau, Gladys Renspie, Wava Hankins, Patricia O’Keefe, Anita Diemert, Estelle Diemert, Joan Diemert, Ruth McLane, June McLane, Duane Diemert, Pete Diemert, Gerald McLane, Mike McLane, Stan Gerwatoski, Anne Clegg, and Matilda Diemert. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 310. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.237.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0317
Young People at Cornwall, 1935
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
A group of young people at Cornwall, connected to Cornwall Mennonite Brethren Church. The group is gathered outside of a building. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 312.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0318
Cornwall Sunday School, 1942
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
A Sunday School group from Cornwall Mennonite Brethren at Garnet Summers’ home. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 312.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0319
Early Cornwall District Settlers, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Early settlers in the Cornwall district, possibly connected to the Cornwall Mennonite Brethren, gathered at Cornwall School. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 312.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0320
Cornwall Mennonite Brethren Church Dedication, 1943
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
The Dedication of the Cornwall Mennonite Brethren Church. The photograph shows the exterior of the church building, groups of congregants, and parked vehicles. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 312.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0321
DeBolt United Church Sunday School, 1926
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 3 in.
DeBolt United Church Sunday School, taught by Mrs. Virginia DeBolt at her home. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 305. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.240.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0322
DeBolt United Church Sunday School, 1946
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
DeBolt United Church Sunday School class. Back row, left to right: Elvina Goldring, Lola Matlock, Charlotte Cavett, unknown, Shirley McArthur, Rosalie Matlock, unknown, Gail Matlock, Alice Stevenson, and Charlie Hornstra. Front row, left to right: Marvin Moore, Terry Morrison, Lloyd Stevenson, Maurice Moore, Larry McArthur, and Edna Stevenson. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 306. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.240.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0323
Group at the Anglican Church in Goodwin, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
A group gathered on the steps of St. Paul’s Anglican Church, Goodwin. The photograph includes Rev. Thorpe, Mrs. Fred Munro, Tom Munro, Willie Munro, Alice Munro, Mrs. A. Lind, Dwayne Lind, Mrs. Dowling, June Dowling, Mrs. MacDonald, Janet McDonald, Fin McDonald, Bob McDonald, Alex McDonald, and Mr. McDonald, Alex Goodland, Frances Goodland, Mrs. Doreen Crowe, Cherry Crowe, Clyde Crowe, Marion Crowe, and Miss Gudlaugson, a teacher. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 307.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0324
First Wedding at the Anglican Church in Goodwin, June 28, 1939
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
The first wedding at St. Paul’s Anglican Church, Goodwin. Left to right: Rev. Thorpe, Harry Warren, Jane Warren, Bert Nicholson, Jean Nicholson (nee Warren), Norma Warren, and Rev. Jones. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 307.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0325
First Confirmation at the Anglican Church in Goodwin, [ca. 1941]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.25 in.
The first confirmation at St. Paul’s Anglican Church, Goodwin. Left to right: Rev. Thorpe (first priest), Arlene Lenes, Helen Dowling, and Bishop Souvereign. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 308.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0326
St. Paul’s Anglican Church, Goodwin, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75 in.
Frances and MaryAnn Goodland with Miss Elborne in a wagon outside of St. Paul’s Anglican Church, Goodwin. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 308.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0327
Anglican Sunday School Van, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3 in.
Families gathered beside the Anglican Sunday School van at Clarkson Valley School. Mrs. Bartel is shown on the far left. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 306.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0328
Jerry Gunby Breaking Land, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 4.25 in.
Jerry Gunby breaking land with a steel wheel tractor. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 236.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0329
Breaking Land, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75
Breaking the land on the Mehlum homestead using a team of four horses. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 325. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.270.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0330
David Ratzlaff Breaking Land, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
David Ratzlaff breaking land with a steel wheel tractor breaking outfit. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 325.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0331
Brushing Crew, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3 in.
Bill Glaubitz and the Vic Laroche family, a brushing crew. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 325.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0332
Garfield Thorpe Clearing Land, 1948
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 4 in.
Garfield Thorpe clearing land with a cat. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 326.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0333
Feeding Calves, 1922
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3.25 in.
Pernille (Pearl) and Robert Mehlum feeding calves. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 31. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.132.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0334
Fred Griffith’s Barn, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Fred Griffiths’ barn with hay in the loft and cattle outside. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 148.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0335
Dave and Willie Harrington with Calves, [ca. 1938]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Dave and Willie Harrington with two calves in a snowy yard. A few buildings are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 326.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0336
Mrs. Quickfall with Livestock, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
Mrs. Della Quickfall with pigs and cattle on the Harrington farm. Several buildings are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 326.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0337
Feeding Cattle, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Reg Robertson and a team of horses feeding cattle. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 87.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0338
Wagon at Harper Creek, 1934
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Snooks Groves and Sven Carlson with a wagon at Harper Creek while moving cattle to Simonette. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 93.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0339
Camp at Smoky River, 1935
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
A photograph showing five men on horseback at a camp at Smoky River where they stopped while moving cattle to Simonette. A campstove and wagon are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 93.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0340
Cattle Fording Smoky River, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2 in.
Frakes, Fraser, and Ratzlaff cattle fording the Smoky River. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 341.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0341
Cattle Fording Smoky River, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.25 in.
Frakes and Fraser cattle fording the Smoky River. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 341.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0342
Cattle at Simonette River, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 1.5 in.
A herd of cattle at the Simonette River in winter. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 326.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0343
Cattle Drive, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 1.5 in.
Carlsons driving the Fraser herd of cattle from the Simonette River to Kleskun Lake. The photograph was taken near Sedore’s at the Big Smoky River. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 326.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0344
Cattle at Simonette, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 3.25 in.
Bob Frakes on his mount Shadow watches over a herd of cattle at their summer range on the Simonette. The cattle are mostly the Frasers’ from Teepee Creek. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 327.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0345
Picnic Along Smoky Flats, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
A picnic along the Smoky Flats during blueberry picking time. The photograph shows Reg Crowe and others. A car is visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 319.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0346
Berry Picking Trip, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.25 in.
Mrs. Irene Taylor and Mrs. Anna Bronson and daughters in a wagon on a berry picking trip. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 319.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0347
Mehlums Harvesting, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 3.75 in.
John and Ed Mehlum harvesting with a horse-drawn binder. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 329.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0348
Annie Glaubitz and a Load of Bundles, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3.75 in.
Annie Glaubitz seated atop a load of bundles in a trailer being towed by a tractor. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 102.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0349
Bountiful Harvest, [ca. 1925]
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
Piled stooks in a field illustrating a bountiful harvest in the DeBolt area. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.” Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 328. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.117.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0350
Bringing in the Sheaves, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 1.75 in.
George Fish bringing in the sheaves. The sheaves a piled on a wagon pulled by a team of two horses. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 328.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0351
Tractor and Early Combine, 1941
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Charlie Moore with a tractor and early combine, the first combine in the area. Maurice and Marvin Moore stand nearby. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 330. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.277.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0352
John Gallagher and Walter Peterson, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
John Gallagher (left) and Walter Peterson (right) standing in a clover crop. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 47.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0353
Dick and Hugh Lindsey, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
Dick and Hugh Lindsey checking the crop. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 257.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0354
Bountiful Produce Harvest, 1941
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4 in.
Mrs. Christian (Susanna) Hauff standing behind a pile of produce, including pumpkins and squash. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 319
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0355
Cutting Oats, August 1921
1 negative; b & w;
D. D. McArthur cutting oats with two horses and a binder on his Sturgeon Lake homestead. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 328. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.275.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0356
Jean Griffiths and Mae Hankins, 1936
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 2.75 in.
Mrs. Jean Griffiths and Mrs. Mae Hankins with an oat crop in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 148.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0357
Philip Flath Stooking, August 20, 1943
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Philip Flath stooking on Givens’ north field. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 185.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0358
Threshing at Bowers, 1940
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Threshing on the bowers farm using a machine powered by a tractor engine. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 329.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0359
Threshing at Dodd Farm, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.25 in.
Bill Dodd, Stan Dodd, Ed Renspie, and Robert Mehlum stack threshing at the Dodd farm. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 329.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0360
Threshing, 1930
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 3 in.
The Joe Newman threshing crew and a hand feed separator. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 328.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0361
Pellerins Threshing, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Ray and Harvey Pellerin threshing with a hand fed machine powered by a Model A Ford car. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 330.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0362
Threshing Crew, 1941
1 negative; b & w; 7.5 x 3 in.
A threshing crew using a machine powered by a tractor. A team of horses pulling a loaded hay wagon and a large stack of chaff are also visible. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 330. The photograph was contributed by Bob Given.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0363
Reg Crowe, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
Reg Crowe standing in his wheat field. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 11.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0364
Bickell Farm, [ca. 1943]
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 3.5 in.
A view of the Bickell farm including the house, a car, and several outbuildings. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 66.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0365
Bernie-Browne Homestead, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 4 in.
A view of two houses and a few outbuildings on the Bernie-Browne homestead. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 267.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0366
Bert Crowe Homestead, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
A view of the house, yard, an outbuilding, and a flock of chickens on Bert Crowe’s homestead. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 11.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0367
Dierker Homestead, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
A view of the house, barn, and outbuildings on the Dierker homestead in winter. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 181.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0368
Cleggs Looking for Land, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
Left to right: F. W. Clegg, a friend, and J. H. Clegg by the Simonette River while looking for land. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 95.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0369
Jean and Fred Griffiths, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Jean and Fred Griffiths standing beside a building on their homestead with a pair of horses. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 148.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0370
Clarkson Creek Flood, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Jean Griffiths standing beside water from the flooded Clarkson Creek. Buildings and a car, presumably on the Griffiths’ homestead, are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 345.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0371
Charlie Lathwell Homestead, December 1931
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
A view of Charlie Lathwell’s Homestead showing log cabin, tent, a team of horses, and Edward Lathwell. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 187. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.268.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0372
D. D. McArthur Homestead, June 1921
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 5.25 in.
View of D. D. McArthur homestead taken from out on the Lake. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 17. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.100.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0373
Journey’s End, July 1, 1937
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Arriving in Fairview after a six week trip from Fairholme, Saskatchewan by wagon train. (L-R) Wilfred Murphy, Adreine Emil, Margaret Murphy, Tillie Nault, Bill Daniels, Jim Owens, and Gwen Tavender. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 270. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.145.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0374
Owens Outfit, [ca. 1936]
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 4 in.
The Owens and company wagon train, including four loaded horse-drawn wagons, ready to head for the Peace country. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 269.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0375
Plante Homestead, 1938
1 negative; b & w; 7.5 x 4.25 in.
The Plante homestead when they arrived in 1938. A house, tent, and outbuilding are visible. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 251.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0376
Plante Barn, 1939
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
The barn on the Alphonse Plante farm. There is a dog is the foreground. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 251.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0377
Sargent Homestead, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 2.75 in.
A view of the Sargent homestead on Harper Creek, including a house and outbuildings. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 198.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0378
Building a Dam, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Walter Thew building a dam in the coolee using teams of horses. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 251.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0379
Welander Barn, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
A barn on the Welander homestead. A couple of outbuildings are also visible. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 131.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0380
Willie Harrington, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Willie Harrington after a successful goose hunt. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 28.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0381
Bringing in Meat, 1934
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Dave Ratzlaff bringing in meat by horse-drawn sleigh, in winter. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 28.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0382
After a Moose Hunt, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2 in.
Harvey Farrell sitting on a moose outside a cabin with (left to right) Anne Miller, Bill Parker, and Caroline Miller standing behind him. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 319.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0383
Vern Sederstrom and Moose, [ca. 1933]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
Vern Sederstrom with a moose shot by Annie Glaubitz. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 103.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0384
The Winter’s Catch, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3.75 in.
Left to right: Joe Brinkman, Rupert Weegar, and Earl Weegar with pelts demonstrating the winter’s catch, at Joe Brinkman’s cabin. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 138.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0385
Wolf Hides, 1944
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75 in.
Wolf hides hanging from the eaves of a cabin. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 271. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.146.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0386
Swarm of Bees, 1940
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Alva Gunby and a swarm of bees on a stick. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 322.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0387
Building a Dam, 1938
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5 in.
Tom Hale and Pete Knox building a dam in the creek using horses and a Fresno. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 109. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.437.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0388
Haying, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
Scott Bower on the ground and Ludwick Wolchyn on the stack. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 327.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0389
Ruth Hughson and Dorothy DeBolt, 1934
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3 in.
Ruth Hughson and Dorothy DeBolt, on horseback and holding pitchforks, help with the haying. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 326.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0390
Frakes Haying Outfit, [ca. 1947]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
The Frakes haying outfit at Stony Woman Lake. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 328.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0391
Frakes and Ratzlaffs Haying, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Bob Frakes, David Ratzlaff, and Daniel Ratzlaff atop a horse-drawn wagon loaded with hay. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 328.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0392
Frakes Family Haying, [ca. 1946]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2 in.
Frakes family haying at Side Lake. Lou and Clara are holding the stake and Bob is driving the team. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 328.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0393
Sleigh-Load of Hay, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Fred Griffiths, Horace, and Ben Sutley with a horse-drawn sleigh loaded with hay. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 149.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0394
Making Hay, August 1942
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 4.25 in.
Paul Newman and his sons making hay with several teams of horses. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 273.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0395
Platts Making Hay, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 3.25 in.
The Platts making hay during the Depression. A horse-drawn wagon loaded with hay is visible in the foreground with a second team of horses in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 273.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0396
Weegars at Haying Time, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.5 in.
Earl and Rupert Weegar during haying time on the Weegar homestead. The photograph shows horse-drawn wagon loaded with hay and a second wagon holding a barrel and Earl in front. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 273.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0397
Four Horses and Binder, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Scott Bower with a team of four horses hitched to a binder. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 177.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0398
Four-Horse Team, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
Ed Lebinski and a four-horse team at Harringtons’. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 239.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0399
Six-Horse Outfit, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 3.75 in.
Percy Newman and a six-horse outfit. Various outbuildings are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 327.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0400
Seeding with Horses, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 1.75 in.
Willie Harrington and Billy Fair seeding with horses. A barn and outbuildings and visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 326.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0401
Putting Up Ice, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Jim Hughson with his grandchildren Patricia Hughson and Own Moore Putting up ice for summer use. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 318. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.066.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0402
Making Rope, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Bill Sutherland and his son Bob making rope. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 321.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0403
Treating Seed, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Dave Harrington standing in a wagon box treating seed, with a scarf tied over his face. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 326. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.273.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0404
Making Shingles, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3 in.
Bernard Lenes and Joe Newman making shingles. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 324.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0405
Steam Engine, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
Tom Moore running O. Gitzel’s steam engine. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 118. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.276.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0406
Joe Newman on Tractor, October 1927
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
Joe Newman on a steel-wheeled tractor, one of the first tractors in the district. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 9. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.150.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0407
Bucking Up Wood, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.75 in.
Wade Matlock bucking up wood using a bucksaw outside of a log building. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 320.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0408
Hauling Firewood, 1926
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2 in.
Elbert DeBolt hauling firewood on a sleigh drawn by a team of four horses. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 320.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0409
Doerkson Children Cutting Wood, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5
Left to right: Katherine, Hank, Ike, Pete Sr., and John Doerkson saw wood for firewood. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 321.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0410
Bronson Woodsaw Outfit, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
The Bronson Woodsaw outfit resting. Left to right: Jasper Bronson, Ewan Fisher, George Nelms, and Fred Wilson. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 321.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0411
George DeBolt, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
George DeBolt beside a woodpile. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 321.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0412
Jack and Becky Charney, 1952
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 3.5 in.
Jack and Becky Charney cutting wood with a chainsaw. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 321.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0413
Cutting Wood, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 3.5 in.
(L to R) Ed Mehlum, John Mehlum, Robert Mehlum, Charlie Moore, and Ove Nielsen using Charlie Moore’s wood cutting outfit on the Mehlum farm to saw a fuel supply. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 320. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.295.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0414
Bronson Wood Sawing Outfit, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
The Bronson wood sawing outfit at the Frakes ranch. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 320.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0415
Joe Newman Woodsaw Outfit, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.5 in.
John Mehlum, Ed Mehlum, Joe Newman, George DeBolt, and Ove Nielson with the Joe Newman woodsaw outfit. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 320.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0416
Log Haul, 1933
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
B. Henderson (left), a cook, and Elbert Debolt sit atop a load of logs during a log haul to the DeBolt and Bickell Sawmill. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 322 and in “Bridges to the Past,” p. 479.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0417
Cutting Logs, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Harvey Farrell and Bill Parker cutting logs for themselves and Ed Weber. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 322.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0418
Hauling Logs, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
Carl Helene, Dick Lindsey, and Hugh Lindsey sitting atop of sleigh loaded with logs. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 257.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0419
Hauling Logs, Spring 1937
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Tom and Katherine Klassen hauling logs from the Doerksen place using a horse-drawn sleigh. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 106.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0420
Rieger Farm, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
A horse-drawn sleigh loaded with logs in the yard of the Rieger farm at Crooked Creek. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 260.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0421
Airth Sawmill, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3.25 in.
The Airth sawmill in operation. Children Wilbert and Leslie Airth are shown in the foreground. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 323.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0422
Clarkson Valley Sawmill, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 3.75 in.
Archie Wilson, Elmer Wilson, and Tom Smith operating the first sawmill in Clarkson Valley. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 323.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0423
Dascalo Lumber Yard, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Piles of lumber, a horse, and two men working in the Dascalo lumber yard. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 323.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0424
Dascalo Sawmill, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.75 in.
An exterior view of the Dascalo sawmill, including four workers. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 323 and in “Bridges to the Past,” p. 485.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0425
DeBolt Sawmill, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
The first sawmill in the DeBolt district, located where the hamlet of DeBolt is now, specifically where the curling rink and hotel are now. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 322.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0426
DeBolt-Bickell Sawmill, 1930
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
Workers at the DeBolt-Bickell sawmill: (left to right) Whitey Woods, Carl Pettersson, Tom Moore, and Ellis Turner. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 322.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0427
Harvey Farrell, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.75 in.
Harvey Farrell standing on a pile of logs at the DeBolt-Bickell sawmill with the bunkhouse in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 323.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0428
Altenhof Barn, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
The log barn on the Altenhof homestead. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 175.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0429
Altenhof Homestead, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Log buildings on the Altenhof homestead. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 175.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0430
Atkinson Cabin, 1937
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.75 in.
An exterior view of the log Atkinson cabin in winter. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 58.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0431
Elmer Boe Home, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
An exterior view of the log Elmer Boe home. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 138.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0432
Bower’s Tent, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
Scott, Leota, and Goldie Pearl Bower’s tent while they were camped at Little Smoky en route to the Simonette. Their daughter Louise’s cabin is visible on the left. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 176.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0433
Leota Bower, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Leota Bower in the doorway of a cabin, which they moved into later in the summer of 1930. A tent is shown to the left. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 176.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0434
Bower Home, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.5 in.
An exterior view of the Bower home with a new addition. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 177.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0435
Barney Cross’ Cabin, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.25 in.
An exterior view of the log Barney Cross cabin in winter. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 140.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0436
Bert Crowe and Hides, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Bert Crowe standing beside the original home at Goodwin with wolf and coyote hides hanging behind him. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 12.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0437
Elbert and Virginia DeBolt, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4
Elbert DeBolt and his sister-in-law Virginia helping construct a cabin at Sam Turner’s. Virginia is holding a large tool. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 324. See also photographs 116.09.01.02.32 and 116.09.01.02.33.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0438
Dewhurst Cabin, 1934
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
An exterior view of the Dewhurst Cabin at Clarkson Valley. Two people are shown in the doorway. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 181.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0439
Jack Dixon’s House, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Jack (John) Dixon standing in front of his house at Sturgeon Heights. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 213.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0440
Jack Dixon’s Root Cellar, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Jack Dixon seated outside his root cellar. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 212.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0441
Pete Doerkson Family’s First Home, [ca. 1928]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5 in.
The first home of the Pete Doerkson family. The photograph shows a car parked between a tent and a sod-roofed log cabin. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 71.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0442
John T. Duerksen Home, [ca. 1928]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
An exterior view of the John T. Duerksen home with a dog sitting in the doorway. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 73.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0443
Frakes House, [ca. 1942]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.25 in.
An exterior view of the Frakes’ second house at Simonette, built about 1942. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 215.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0444
Kadey/Charney House, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3.5 in.
An exterior view of the log house built by Wes Kadey in 1933. At the time “Across the Smoky” was published (1978), the house was still standing and owned by Jack Charney. Three people are standing in the doorway and a tractor is parked to the right of the house. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 139
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0445
Building a New Home, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
The Knox brothers doing log work to build a new home. Left to right: Jackie Grant, Katherine Doerkson, (on building) John Doerkson, and Ike Doerkson (mounted). Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 324.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0446
Kramps Home, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
An exterior view of Nita and John Kramps’ first home at Crooked Creek. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 90.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0447
Lathwell Home, [ca. 1931]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
An exterior view of the Lathwell cabin, the first building built on their homestead. Florence Lathwell is sitting in the window and Harry Lathwell (son) is standing in the doorway. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 187.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0448
Breaking Land at the Lempky Homestead, May 1, 1932
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Ed Lempky turning the first furrow on the Lempky homestead with a team of four horses. The log house is shown in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 188.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0449
Bernard Lenes and Joe Newman Sr., [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Bernard Lenes and Joe Newman Sr. outside of a log cabin. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 9.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0450
Matlock Cabin, [ca. 1928]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
Lizzie, Wade and Jimmy Matlock sitting on a pile of lumber in front of their log cabin, under construction, with Ellis Turner sitting on the roof of the cabin. A car is visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 80.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0451
Wade Matlock, [ca. 1928]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
Wade Matlock building his first cabin, standing on the roof. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 324. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.098.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0452
Robert Mehlum, [ca. 1925]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Robert Mehlum with the dogs outside of the house that was the first cabin on the homestead. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 31. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.131.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0453
Jack Mitchell Cabin, 1920
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 2.75 in.
A view of the Jack Mitchell homestead showing a log home and a large wood pile. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 39. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.269.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0454
Moving the Murphy House, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 3 in.
Moving the Murphy house during winter using teams of horses. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 271.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0455
Nelms Home, 1938
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
An exterior view of the Nelms house at Cornwall. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 219.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0456
The Platts’ First Home, [ca. 1927]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 4.25 in.
The first home of James and Violet Platt. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 15. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.158.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0457
Reg Robertson, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
Reg Robertson building a log cabin. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 324.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0458
Bob Rogers’ Cabin, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
An exterior view of Bob Rogers’ log cabin. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 125.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0459
Art and Walter Thew, February 1933
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Art Thew and Walter Thew standing outside of a log house with a dead moose. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 164.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0460
Thew Shack, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
An exterior view of the shack where the Thews lived until they built their house. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 164.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0461
Webers’ First Home, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
An exterior view of the Webers’ first home in Cornwall. It was also used as a school until the school building was finished. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 231.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0462
Building a Log Cabin, 1933
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.75 in.
Eric __ using an axe as he builds his log cabin. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 231.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0463
Building a Barn, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
Sigfred Welander sitting on the unfinished wall of the barn he is building. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 325.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0464
Building a Log Building, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 3.5 in.
Sigfred Welander building a log building. He is standing on top of partially finished walls, holding an axe. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 325.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0465
Wilburns’ Home, 1933
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
An exterior view of the Wilburns’ log cabin and new home. A sleigh is parked outside. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 171.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0466
Edgar Whitfield’s Shack, 1933
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3.75 in.
An exterior view of Edgar Whitfield’s homestead shack. Edgar and Mrs. Sheffield are standing in the doorway with Mrs. Sheffield’s two sons playing on a sawhorse in front of the shack. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 325.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0467
Mixing Mortar, 1974
1 negative; colour; 13 x 17 mm
Winnie Moore and Jean Wilson mixing mortar for the DeBolt United Church Manse, the start of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum. The Manse is visible in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0468
Mixing Mortar, 1974
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
Winnie Moore mixing mortar for the DeBolt United Church Manse, the start of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum. The Manse is visible in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0469
Manse at DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum, 1974
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
A view of the propane fixture inside the first room of the DeBolt United Church Manse, the start of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0470
Manse at DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum, 1974
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
A view looking through the front door of the small manse building that was the beginning of the DeBolt Museum. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.301.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0471
Manse at DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum, 1974
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
An old church pew in the small manse building that was the beginning of the DeBolt Museum after the manse was painted. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.302.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0472
Memorial Sign, 1974
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
A plaque dedicated to the DeBolt pioneers, located west of the Manse building in Hubert Memorial Park. The Edson Trail School bell is mounted above the plaque. The text of the plaque reads: “Erected in memory of the 1919 to 1922 pioneers, namely: Stevenson, Bowman, Mehlum, DeBolt, Voshall, Tilley, Turner, Clarke, Young, Oyler, Levalley, Sheltreau, Nielsen, Gallagher, McLarty, Stanton, Leonard, and Broomfield. These few families and single persons were the nucleus of the first permanent settlement. They motivated the establishment of other firsts, such as the first public school, first community hall and first protestant church east of the smoky. Though enduring many hardships, they never lost sight of their vision that this district could eventually become a populated area where folks might live an enjoyable life in a friendly rural setting. Their devotion to the land, courage, faith and hope enabled them to withstand the rigorous pioneer life and thus establish the first permanent settlement, which we now commemorate in its 50th anniversary year, 1969.” See also photograph 116.09.01.02.318.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0473
Manse at DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum, 1974
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
An exterior view of the United Church Manse, the beginning of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum. There is a pile of rubble in front of the building.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0474
Manse at DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum, 1974
1 negative; b & w; 17 x 13 mm
An exterior view of the United Church Manse, the beginning of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum. There is a pile of rubble beside the building.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0475
Hubert Memorial Park Cairn, 1974
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
The rock cairn at the entrance of Hubert Memorial Park in DeBolt. The playground is visible in the background. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.319.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0476
Cairns, 1974
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
Two rock cairns at Hubert Memorial Park in DeBolt. The photograph is taken looking east.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0477
Opening of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum, September 1976
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
Edna Stevenson cutting the ribbon at the official opening of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum in 1976. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.303.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0478
Heritage Day, 1977
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
People play horse shoes in the Hubert Memorial Park as part of the 1977 DeBolt Heritage Day celebration.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0479
Heritage Day, 1977
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
Moore, Peterson, Swann/Matlock, and Turner at the ice cream tent during the 1977 DeBolt Heritage Day celebration.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0480
Heritage Day, 1977
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
Lysle Wolchyn and Winnie Moore at the ice cream tent during the 1977 DeBolt Heritage Day celebration.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0481
Heritage Day, 1977
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
Turner, Swann, Peterson and Flora Mehlum (wearing bonnet) at the ice cream tent during the 1977 DeBolt Heritage Day celebration.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0482
Heritage Day, 1977
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
Winnie Moore and Cora Welander at the 1977 DeBolt Heritage Day celebration.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0483
Heritage Day, 1977
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
Mattie Bowman and George Tilley at the ice cream tent during the 1977 DeBolt Heritage Day celebration.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0484
Heritage Day, 1977
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
Norma and Noreen Perkins making butter at the 1977 DeBolt Heritage Day celebration.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0485
Heritage Day, 1977
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
Attendees at the 1977 DeBolt Heritage Day celebration. The Hubert Memorial Park sign is visible in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0486
Heritage Day, 1977
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
M. Sedore, M. Matlock, and J. Wilson at the quilt tent during the 1977 DeBolt Heritage Day celebration.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0487
Mehlum Barn, 1977
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
The John Mehlum Barn on its original site in fall, 1977, looking northeast. The barn was moved in 1979 to Hubert Memorial Park as part of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0488
Mehlum Barn, 1977
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
The John Mehlum Barn on its original site in fall, 1977, looking northwest. The barn was moved in 1979 to Hubert Memorial Park as part of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0489
Mehlum Barn, 1977
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
The John Mehlum Barn on its original site in fall, 1977, looking south. The barn was moved in 1979 to Hubert Memorial Park as part of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.304.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0490
Moving Mehlum Barn, 1979
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
The John Mehlum Barn being moved to Hubert Memorial Park in spring 1979 as part of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0491
Moving Mehlum Barn, 1979
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
The John Mehlum Barn being moved to Hubert Memorial Park in spring 1979 as part of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum. The photograph shows the front end being lifted.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0492
Moving Mehlum Barn, 1979
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
The John Mehlum Barn being moved to Hubert Memorial Park in spring 1979 as part of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum. The photograph shows the moving truck in place.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0493
Old Mower, 1979
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
An old mower by the Mehlum barn. The photograph was taken when the barn was being moved to Hubert Memorial Park in spring 1979 as part of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0494
Heritage Day, 1979
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
Brenda Moore at the macrame display at the 1979 DeBolt Heritage Day celebration.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0495
Heritage Day, 1979
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
Ladies setting up supper at the 1979 DeBolt Heritage Day celebration.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0496
Heritage Day, 1979
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
Ceramic painting at the 1979 DeBolt Heritage Day celebration.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0497
Heritage Day, 1979
2 negatives; colour; 17 x 13 mm
Outdoor oven pottery with R. Huette and family at the 1979 DeBolt Heritage Day celebration.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0498-.0499
4-H Clean Up, 1979
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
Mothers/leaders Isabel Lenes and Carol Harsch help during the 4-H clean up of barn shingles. Used in “Bridges to the Past,” p. 393.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0500
4-H Clean Up, 1979
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
4-H girls load a truck with shingles during a clean up.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0501
4-H Clean Up, 1979
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
Two 4-H girls box shingles during a clean up. Used in “Bridges to the Past,” p. 393.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0502
4-H Clean Up, 1979
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
Three 4-H members on a pile of shingles during a clean up.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0503
4-H Clean Up, 1979
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
4-H members load shingles into a truckduring a clean up. A barbeque is visible in the foreground.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0504
Glenbow Photographic Historic Display, 1980
2 negatives; b & w; 17 x 13 mm
A display of photographs from the Glenbow Archives in Calgary hung in the dining room of the Country Club/Community Hall in DeBolt. See also photographs 116.09.01.02.330-.331.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0505-.0506
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Barn, 1980
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
A view of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum barn (formerly the Mehlum barn) with the Hubert Memorial Park sign in front of it.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0507
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Barn, 1980
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
A view of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum barn (formerly the Mehlum barn) taken from the Manse steps.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0508
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum, 1980
1 negative; colour; 17 x 13 mm
A view of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum showing the United Church Manse and the Mehlum barn.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0509
Pet Bear, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3 in.
The DeBolts’ pet bear, as a cub, standing on a pile of lumber. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 313.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0510
Bernie-Brownes with a Bear, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Elaine, Marjorie, and Jerry Bernie-Browne with the body of dead bear. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 313.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0511
DeBolt Creek Spring Flood, 1930
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3.5 in.
A group sitting on the bank of DeBolt Creek during the 1930 spring flood. Back, left to right: Ann Lerl (teacher) and Dorothy DeBolt. Front, left to right: Katherine Fehr, Helen McArthur, and Winnie DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 344.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0512
Duck Sanctuary, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 5 in.
Wild ducks on DeBolt Creek at the E. Mehlum farm. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 210. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.113.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0513
Sawmill Lake, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Irma Altenhof standing on a dock on Sawmill Lake, on the Altenhof farm. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 176.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0514
Moose in the Simonette River, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
A baby moose swimming the Simonette River. The Carlson cabin is visible at the far right. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 93.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0515
Lebinski’s Moose, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Frank Sanderson, Ed Lebinski, and his moose at the McArthur Store in Sturgeon Heights. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 313. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.566.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0516
Lebinski’s Moose, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Josie Harrington, Donna McArthur, and Ed Lebinski’s moose at Sturgeon Heights School. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 313. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.567.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0517
Feeding Baby Moose, [ca. 1936]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Shirley, Buddy, and Reg Reynolds feed a baby moose. The mother moose was killed. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 313.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0518
Fun on the Simonette River, 1932
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3 in.
Eleanor Boe (left) and Dorothy DeBolt (right) having fun at the Simonette River. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 341.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0519
Simonette River Break-Up, [ca. 1937]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Spring break-up on the Simonette River, near the Frakes’ place. Two dogs are shown on the ice. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 340.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0520
Hickey Flats, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 2.5 in.
A view of the Hickey Flats on the Simonette River, taken from above. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 340.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0521
Loyal Edmonton Regiment Recruits, April 1940
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
A group leaving Grande Prairie by NAR in April 1940 after enlisting in the Loyal Edmonton Regiment. Left to right: Bob Dryer, Dale DeBolt, Tom Moore, Bill Dryer, Rod McArthur, Edward Wilburn, and Tom Belford. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 345.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0522
Gus Rolf, Donald Wilburn, and Art Robertson, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
Soldiers Gus Rolf, Donald Wilburn, and Art Robertson dressed in uniform and walking down the street of an unidentified city. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 345.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0523
Pat Dwyer, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Soldier Pat Dwyer dressed in uniform at Crooked Creek. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 346.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0524
Reg Crowe, [ca. 1915]
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 2.25 in.
World War I soldier Reg Crowe dressed in a Canadian Army uniform. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 346.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0525
Dean Matlock, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Dean Matlock during his time in the United States Navy in World War II. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 346.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0526
Harvey Pellerin, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 1.75 in.
Harvey Pellerin in Holland during World War II. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 346
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0527
Reg Perkins and Bill Robertson, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2.5 in.
A group of three seated soldiers during World War II. Left to right: unknown, Reg Perkins, and Bill Robertson. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 346
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0528
Ed Wilburn, John Gallagher, and Dale DeBolt, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 3.5 in.
World War II soldiers Ed Wilburn (left) and Dale DeBolt (right), both in uniform, pose with John Gallagher. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 346
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0529
Annie and Bill Glaubitz, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 3.5 in.
World War II soldier Bill Glaubitz in uniform with his mother Annie. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 346
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0530
Joe Brinkman and Tom Hubert, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Joe Brinkman and Tom Hubert playing horsehoes. A house and several outbuildings are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 138.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0531
Group of Adults and Children, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Left to right: Mr. Springer, Rev. Scott, Frank and Ottie (nee Peterson) Cavett. Front, left to right: Anita, Toots, and Carl Peterson. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 68.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0532
Cornwall District Young People, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.25 in.
A group of young people, male and female, from the Cornwall District standing beside a truck. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 86.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0533
Clegg, Kramps and Diemerts, 1941
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Back row, left to right: Frank Diemert, Tom Clegg, Caroline Kramps holding Eugene, Tillie Diemert holding Sylvia, and Ann Clegg holding Loretta. Front row, left to right: Bernadette Diemert, Tom Diemert, Bob Kramps, Dan Diemert, and Carol Clegg. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 96.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0534
Riegers, Jobsons, and Ed Enns, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Back row, left to right: Rose Rieger, Ed Enns, Ruth Rieger, Andy Rieger, Charles Jobson, and Margaret Jobson. Front row, left to right: Ray Jobson, Anges Rieger, Rob Jobson, John Rieger, and Cecil Jobson. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 261.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0535
McLanes and Wilburns with Friends, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 3 in.
The McLanes and Wilburns with friends at Crooked Creek. Two of the women appear to be in uniform. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 259.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0536
McLanes and Jacksons, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5 in.
The McLanes and Jacksons sitting and standing outside a lob building in Crooked Creek. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 259.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0537
Group at the McKinleys’, 1940
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Left to right: Alva Gunby, Bill McKinley, Jerry Gunby, Harry Oyler, Mary Lou Gunby, Lila Gunby, Lorice Weegar, Delmar Weegar, Jack Andrew, Teen McKinley, Dawn Gunby, Ernie McKinley, Hazel Weegar, Harvey Weegar, Oscar Nystrom, and Rupert Weegar outside of a log building. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 217.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0538
Jack and Hilda Mitchell’s Wedding, 1925
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 2.25 in.
The wedding of Jack and Hilda Mitchell. Left to right: Virginia DeBolt, Frank Stevenson, George DeBolt, Hilda Mitchell (nee Moon), Jack DeBolt, Elbert DeBolt, Jack Mitchell, and Laura DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 39. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.602.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0539
DeBolt Group at Beaverlodge, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
A group from DeBolt at Beaverlodge. Left to right: Mrs. Mehlum, Halvor Holt, Mrs. C. Peterson, Carl Peterson, Bill Walling, and Earl Peterson. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 19.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0540
New Year’s at Mehlums’, 1925
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Left to right: Laura DeBolt, Ed Mehlum, Virginia DeBolt, John Mehlum, John Gallagher, Ernie Clark; front, Dorothy and Dale DeBolt at the Mehlums’ for New Year’s . Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 26.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0541
Group at Mehlums’, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 2.5 in.
Left to right: George DeBolt, Ernie Clarke, A. Singstad, John Mehlum, Ed Mehlum, Frances DeBolt, Clifford DeBolt, Laura DeBolt, and Pernille Mehlum standing beside a woodpile at the Mehlums’. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 31.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0542
Group of Girls, 1938
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
Left to right: Jean Wilburn, Eula Matlock, Charlotte Bickell, Leota Wilburn, Lily Given, and Evelyn Wilburn. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 171.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0543
Group of DeBolt Young People, 1940
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Dale DeBolt with a group of young ladies. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 172.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0544
Picnic at Sturgeon Lake, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
A group from the DeBolt district, including Morrisons, Sargents, and Turners, at a picnic at Sturgeon Lake. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 334.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0545
Group of Ladies, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3 in.
Mrs. Emily Hughson, Alberta Hughson, Mary Doerkson, Phyllis Airth, and Dorothy DeBolt outside a wood sided building. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 150.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0546
DeBolt Group at Sturgeon Lake, July 1931
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
A group from DeBolt at Sturgeon Lake. Standing, left to right: A. McLarty, Joe Belford, unknown, George DeBolt, Jean McNichol, Susan Perkins, and Frank Stevenson. Seated, left to right: Edna Stevenson and baby, Fred Moreland, Edith Riding, Ken Riding, Bill Perkins, unknown, and Harvey Riding. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 334.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0547
Walter Voshall, Ellis Turner, and Wade Matlock, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3.5 in.
Left to right: Walter Voshall, Ellis Turner, Wade Matlock with Matlock Lake in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 81.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0548
Women and Children at Sturgeon Lake, [ca. 1934]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
A group of First Nations women and children at a gathering at Sturgeon Lake July 1, 1934 or 1935. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 332. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.572.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0549
Road to Sturgeon Lake, nd
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
The road to Sturgeon Lake bounded by trees and bush.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0550
Road between Crooked Creek and DeBolt, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Horses and cars on a flooded road between Crooked Creek and DeBolt in the late 1930s. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 345. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.438.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0551
Mail Wagon Stuck in the Mud, Fall 1941
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 1.5 in.
Bill Sargent and his tractor train get stuck in the mud enroute to Grande Prairie. A small Ford tractor is trying to get the mail wagon through. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 344. See also negative 116.09.01.01.671 and photograph 116.09.01.02.441.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0552
Mail Wagon Stuck in the Mud, Fall 1941
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2.5 in.
(L to R) Walter Peterson, Jim Hughson, Tiny Voshall, and Elmer Nystrom attempt to push the mail wagon out of the mud. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 345. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.442.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0553
Road Foreman George DeBolt, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 3.25 in
George DeBolt, road foreman, looking for corner mounds on horseback. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 18.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0554
George DeBolt and A. H. McQuarrie, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 4 in.
George DeBolt, road foreman, and A. H. McQuarrie, road engineer, surveying for Highway 34. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 18.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0555
Group including Carl Peterson and Sven Carlson, 1932
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
A group including Carl Peterson and Sven Carlson eat a meal outside between DeBolt and Sturgeon Lake while hauling feed for a road construction crew. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 93.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0556
Clarkson Valley Pupils, 1953
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 4.5 in.
Students from Clarkson Valley School posed outside of the school building. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 300.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0557
Cornwall School Class, 1938-1939
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3.5 in.
A group of students from the 1938-1939 Cornwall School class. Their teacher was Alice Dalen. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 302.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0558
Cornwall School Pupils, 1942
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Cornwall School students posed outside of their school. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 302.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0559
Cornwall School Pupils, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Cornwall School students posed outside of their school. Back row, left to right: Pat Wilson, Dora Hauff, Marylou Ratzlaff, Dorothy Ratzlaff, Anne Wilson, Elsie Ratzlaff, and Roy Nelms. Middle row, left to right: Lillian Ratzlaff, Arthur Ratzlaff, Margaret Nelms, Jim Wilson, and Rosa Hauff. Front row, left to right: Verna Ratzlaff and Margaret Ratzlaff. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 302.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0560
Darwin School, 1943
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 4.5 in.
Darwin School Students with teacher, Hazel Coogan. Back row, left to right: Mrs. Coogan, Earl Weegar, Bud Sheffield, Harvey Weegar, Jake Doerkson, and the Miller brothers. Second row, left to right: Margarite Brown, Lorice Weegar, Dorothy Brown, Wilbert Brown, Ian Morrison, and Dennis Brown. Third row, left to right: Noreen Coogan, Loraine Gitzel, the Millen sisters, Tony Graves, Gerry Coogan, Delmar Weegar, Jackie Coogan, Doug Groves, Herb Groves, and Donald Gitzel. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 299.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0561
Darwin School Trustees, [ca. 1933]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
Darwin School Trustees, left to right, J. Grant, A. McLarty, P. Doerkson Sr., and J. Hughson. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 298.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0562
DeBolt School Group, 1929
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
A group of students from DeBolt School in the school garden. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 292.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0563
DeBolt School Group, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
DeBolt School students and their teacher Miss Rice in the McArthurs’ truck en route to Robert Mehlum’s birthday party. The image was originally part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.” Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 292.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0564
Group of DeBolt School Girls, 1929
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
The last day of school in the first schoolhouse at DeBolt. Back row, left to right: Katherine Fehr, Dorothy DeBolt, and Mary Doerkson. Front row, left to right: Katherine Doerkson, Helen Fehr, and Iva Matlock. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 292.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0565
DeBolt School Boys, Fall 1929
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The boys of the DeBolt school on the last day the old log school was used. The teacher at the time was Miss Helen Saunders. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 292.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0566
DeBolt School Children, 1931
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
DeBolt School students while classes were being held at the Hall. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 293. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.512.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0567
DeBolt School Girls, 1932
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
The girls of DeBolt School. Their teacher was Miss Mildred Rice. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 293.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0568
DeBolt School Children, 1933
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
DeBolt School being held in the log church with Hattie Warren as teacher. Front row: Malcolm McArthur, Claude Robertson, Jackie Grant, Ken Riding, Carl Peterson, Harvey Riding, Dean Matlock, Arthur Robertson, and Richard Bickell. Second row: Leota Wilburn, Alice Boe, Evelyn Wilburn, Georgina Given, Eula Matlock, Lily Given, Opal Boe, Izora Matlock, Elizabeth (Toots) Peterson, and Reg Perkins. Third row: Katherine Doerkson, Charlotte Bickell, Jackie DeBolt, Anita Peterson, Angus McArthur, Donald Matlock, Stanley Robertshaw, and Edward Wilburn. Back row: Robert Given, Barbara Matlock, Dale DeBolt, John Doerkson, Earl Peterson, and Henry Doerkson. Used in “Beginnings – A History of the East Smoky School Division No. 54,” p. 48 and in “Across the Smoky,” p. 293. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.510.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0569
DeBolt School, 1924
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 3 in.
DeBolt School class, left to right, Winnie DeBolt, Dorothy DeBolt, Robert Mehlum, Howard Voshall, and Harold Voshall, with teacher Ernie Clark. Used in “Beginnings – A History of the East Smoky School Division No. 54,” p. 48 and in “Across the Smoky,” p. 291. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.509.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0570
DeBolt School Students, 1926
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 3.75 in.
Students from the 1926 DeBolt School class. Back, left to right, Winnie DeBolt, Muriel Nowry, Dorothy Nowry, Margaret Jordan, and Dorothy DeBolt. Front, left to right Robert Mehlum, Howard Voshall, Dale DeBolt, and Harold Voshall. Their teacher was Mrs. Mary Tomlin. Used in “Beginnings – A History of the East Smoky School Division No. 54,” p. 48 and in “Across the Smoky,” p. 291. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.509.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0571
DeBolt School Students, 1927
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.75 in.
Students from DeBolt School class at Christmas 1927. Back row, left to right, Robert Mehlum, Dorothy Debolt, Bernice Peterson, and Winnie DeBolt. Front row, left to right, Tiny Voshall, Howard Voshall, Earl Peterson, Anita Peterson, and Dale DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 291.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0572
Stella Becker, [ca. 1927]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5 in.
Stella Becker, teacher at DeBolt school from 1927 to 1928. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 295. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.511.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0573
Edson Trail School Girls, [ca. 1937]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 5 in.
Edson Trail School girls on top of a wood pile. Back, left to right: Evelyn Wilburn (?), Mabel Matlock, Georgina Given, Izora Matlock, Lily Given, Gladys Renspie, and Rosalie Matlock. Middle row, left to right: Toots (Elizabeth) Peterson, Charlotte Bickell, Irma Altenhof, Eula Matlock, Leota Doerkson, and Lola Matlock. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 293. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.607.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0574
Edson Trail School, [ca. 1948]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 4.25 in.
Edson Trail School students. Back row, left to right: teacher Belle Matlock, Alvin Snydmiller, Leslie Airth, Gail Matlock, Don Snydmiller, Carol Clarke, Bill Snydmiller, Shirley McArthur, Wilbert Airth, Lorna Snydmiller, Marian Knox, Jim Klassen, Maurice Moore, Terry Morrison, Larry McArthur, and Ken Klassen. Centre row, left to right: Merrick Stanton, Marie Ringle, Margaret Knox, and Patsy Pender. Seated, left to right: Marvin Moore, ?, Robert Matlock, ?, George Matlock, Gary Knox, Michael Stanton, Ralph Ringle, Ken Norten, and Lee Groves. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 294. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.515.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0575
Edson Trail School Class, 1938
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.75 in.
The 1938 Edson Trail School class. Back row, left to right: Dean Matlock, Donald Matlock, and Carl Peterson. Front row, left to right: Georgina Given, Izora Matlock, Toots Peterson, Charlotte Bickell, and Eula Matlock. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 294.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0576
East Smoky School Children, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
East Smoky School children. Back row, left to right: Marion MacDonald, Flora MacDonald, Peggy Dana, teacher, Jim Thew, unknown, and unknown. Middle row, left to right: Ted Krause, Alex MacDonald, and Bob MacDonald (hidden). Front row, left to right: Arlene Lenes, Ernie Moody, Finlay MacDonald, Delmar Lenes, and Helen Dowling. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 295.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0577
East Smoky School Children, [ca. 1943]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3.5 in.
A group photograph of East Smoky School children including Mildred Platt, Edith Platt, June Platt, Alice Munro, Teddy Krause, Elaine Krause, Norman Krause, Eleanor Newman, Fin MacDonald, Janet MacDonald, Cherry Crowe, Clyde Crowe, Marion Crowe, Billy Thew, Bobby Thew, Bob Dowling, June Dowling, Ron Dowling, Beaulah Dowling, B.D. Patterson, Patricia Patterson, Jean Weatherby, Margaret Steiner, Arthur Steiner, Albert Steiner, and Freda Steiner. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 295. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.502.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0578
Mountain Springs School Pupils, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Mountain Springs School pupils. Back row, left to right: Bob Stevenson, Roy Scott, Stan Gerwatoski, Gladys Renspie, Lorraine Boe, Alfred Brown, and Peter Knobbe. Second row, left to right: Alice Stevenson, Wilbert Brown, Marguerite Brown, and Dennis Brown. Front row, left to right: John Bandzul, Myrtle Scott, Lloyd Stevenson, and Mike Knobbe. A dog is lying on the ground in front of the students. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 300 and in “Beginnings – A History of the East Smoky School Division No. 54,” p. 128.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0579
Ravenna School Students, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
A group photograph of Ravenna School students. Back row, left to right: Miss Jantz, Edith Henry, Isabel Lindsey, Maxine Franks, and Billy Henry. Second row, left to right: Marita Franks, Lloyd Franks, and Ernie Sedore. Third row, left to right: Bonnie McArthur, Vernon Lind, Kenny Calberry, Len Franks, and Bessie Sedore. Front row, left to right: Lorna McArthur and Glenda Franks. The two girls in front are wearing Red Cross uniforms and holding a Red Cross poster or blanket. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 303. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.505.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0580
Ridgevalley School Junior Room, [ca. 1939]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
Teacher Vyda Sheets and the junior room students at Ridgevalley School. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 296.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0581
Nita Taylor and Mary White, [ca. 1933]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Nita Taylor (left) pushing Mary White (right), the first school teacher at Ridgevalley School, in a wheelbarrow. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 315.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0582
Simonette School Children, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 3.5 in.
Simonette School students. Back row, left to right: Otis Wolchyn, Carol Clarke, Marie Stevenson (teacher), Wanda Wolchyn, and Verna Ratzlaff. Second row, left to right: Verden Giesbrecht, Lyle Wolchyn, Eva Ratzlaff, Morton Clarke, and Clara Frakes. Ester Ratzlaff and Ruby Wolchyn on either side of the cup. Front row, left to right: Eldred Ratzlaff, RoseAnn Ratzlaff, Paul Clarke, and Allan Ratzlaff. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 303.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0583
Anne Williamson, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
Anne (Mrs. George) Williamson, an early teacher at Sturgeon Heights School, carrying a small child and feeding a baby moose. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 298.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0584
Sturgeon Heights School Children, 1945
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Sturgeon Heights School children on a bridge. Their teacher was Velva Regnier. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 298.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0585
Visit to the Beaverlodge Experimental Station, [ca. 1933]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 3.25 in.
A group of DeBolt citizens in Lloyd Field’s truck on a visit to the Beaverlodge Experimental Station. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 338. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.576.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0586
Visit to the Beaverlodge Experimental Station, [ca. 1933]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
Crossing the Smoky River by ferry en route to the Beaverlodge Experimental Station. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 338.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0587
Beaverlodge Experimental Station, [ca. 1933]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4 in.
A group of DeBolt citizens visiting the Beaverlodge Experimental Station and standing in front of log buildings. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 338. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.577.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0588
Field Day at the Perkins’ Farm, 1934
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 4.5 in.
A large crowd gathers around four horses during a field day at the Perkins’ farm. A house is visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 338.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0589
Achievement Day for Beef Club, 1934
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 1.75 in.
Youth show their cattle to a large crowd of onlookers during a 1934 Beef Club Achievement Day. Bill Perkins and Bill Robertson are in the centre and wearing cowboy hats. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 338.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0590
Diamond Jubilee of Confederation, July 1, 1927
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4 in.
A parade of students in honour of the Diamond Jubilee of Confederation, July 1, 1927. Shown are students Winnie DeBolt, Robert Mehlum, Howard Voshall, Dorothy DeBolt, Dale DeBolt, and “Tiny” (Harold) Voshall. Their teacher was Stella Becker. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 339. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.528.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0591
Parade, [ca. 1937]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Part of the May 1937 Coronation Day Parade or 1935 DeBolt Stampede Parade including a team of six horses pulling a wagon and a rider on another horse. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 339. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.540.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0592
Coronation Parade, 1937
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Parade in honour of the Coronation of King George VI. The photograph shows the royal carriage driven by Elbert DeBolt with the “King”, “Queen”, and their attendants inside. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 19 and in “Across the Smoky,” p. 340. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.547.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0593
Coronation Parade, 1937
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Parade in honour of the Coronation of King George VI. The photograph shows the team of eight horses, some with riders, pulling the royal carriage with the “King”, “Queen”, and their attendants inside. Elbert DeBolt is the driver of the carriage and Charlie Moore is on the lead team. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 19 and in “Across the Smoky,” p. 340. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.549.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0594
Drama Group, [ca. 1932]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
A local drama group, dressed in costume for their production of “The Spinster’s Convention.” Standing, left to right: Eleanor Boe, Cora Welander, Dorothy DeBolt, Winnie DeBolt, Jean McNicol, Susan Perkins, Anna Fehr, Tom Belford, Rod McArthur, and Sigfred Welander. Seated, left to right: Helen McArthur, Mary Doerkson, Rose Robertson, Betty Seldon, Edith Riding, and Mildred Rice. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 333 and in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 15.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0595
Drama Group, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 3.75 in.
A scene from a dramatic production including (left to right) Ernie McKinley, Teen McKinley, Frances Summack, Bill McKinley, Jack Andrews, and Rupert Weegar. The caption in “Across the Smoky” reads “Homespun fun or the shot gun wedding”. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 333.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0596
W. A. Rae’s Visit to DeBolt, [ca. 1925]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
The visit of Liberal Candidate W. A. Rae to DeBolt. Standing, left to right: Jack McLaughlin, Harold Bowman, John Mehlum, Ove Nielsen, Ernie Clarke, Ellis Turner, Cy Young, W. A. Rae, Frank Stevenson, Ed Mehlum, John Martinson, unknown, Elbert DeBolt, Mrs. Martinson, John Gallagher, and Frank Stanton. Seated, left to right: Pearl Mehlum, Dorothy DeBolt, Virginia DeBolt, Laura DeBolt, Dale DeBolt, Winnie DeBolt, Robert Mehlum, Irene Cummings (first East Smoky teacher), Bill LaValley, and unknown. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 339.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0597
Premier Brownlee’s Visit, 1929
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
A group of men gathered around parked cars during Premier J. E. Brownlee’s visit to DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 339. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.551.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0598
Premier Brownlee’s Visit, 1929
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.75 in.
Premier J. E. Brownlee and MLA Hugh Allen beside a wagon and horses during the Premier’s visit to DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 339. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.550.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0599
DeBolt Community Hall, [ca. 1929]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
The DeBolt Community Hall built in 1929 by E. McKinley. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 289 and in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” cover and p. 10. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.552.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0600
Wedding of Harold and Mary Lou Matlock, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Left to right: Tom Belford, Wade Matlock, Reg Perkins, Linda Turner, Ellis Turner, and Ernie McKinley at the wedding of Harold and Mary Lou Matlock, held at the DeBolt Community Hall. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 41.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0601
Legion Hall, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
An exterior view of the Legion Hall in DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 290.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0602
DeBolt Curling Rink, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2 in.
DeBolt’s first curling rink. For the first year it had only one sheet of ice. Thereafter it was expanded to two sheets of ice. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 290. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.557.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0603
DeBolt Curling Rink, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2 in.
DeBolt’s first curling rink, opened in 1938. For the first year it had only one sheet of ice. Thereafter it was expanded to two sheets of ice. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 290 and in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 52. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.556.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0604
Curling Team, 1940
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5 in.
Dorothy DeBolt with a curling team including (left to right) Pete Doerkson Jr., Robert Mehlum, Jack DeBolt, and Carl Peterson. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 334 and in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 334.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0605
DeBolt Bonspiel Winners, [ca. 1960]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.25 in.
DeBolt Bonspiel winners, on wet ice: Don Matlock, Roy Bickell, Gerry Gunby, and Bob Given. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 335. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.558.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0606
Hockey Game on Matlock’s Lake, 1931
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 3.5 in.
People and a vehicle on Matlock’s Lake for one of the first hockey games in the area. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 334.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0607
Second DeBolt Picnic, 1922
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2 in.
The second picnic in the DeBolt district, held in 1922 west of DeBolt and along the creek, on what later became Harvey Ford and then Siemens’ land. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 330 and in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 9.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0608
Elbert DeBolt and Horse, 1922
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 3 in.
Elbert DeBolt and his race horse, Topsy, at the 1922 picnic. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 331. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.030.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0609
Sturgeon Lake July 4th Parade, [ca. 1925]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
A group from Sturgeon Lake, Bezanson, and DeBolt dressed up for a July 4th parade at Sturgeon Lake. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 331.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0610
Target Practice, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Target practice during the haying season, at Dorothy DeBolt’s homestead, NE7-73-2 W6th. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 335. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.569.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0611
DeBolt Sports Day, 1929
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
A photograph of the 1929 DeBolt Sports Day/Stampede showing parked vehicles and spectators. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 331 and in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 8. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.544.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0612
DeBolt Stampede, 1931
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.75 in.
Stampede announcer Elbert DeBolt on horseback at the 1931 DeBolt Stampede. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 332 and in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 24. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.543.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0613
DeBolt Stampede, 1932
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.25 in.
A large crowd watches rodeo events from outside the corral fence at the 1932 DeBolt Stampede at the DeBolt sports grounds. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 24 and in “Across the Smoky,” p. 332.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0614
Donut Stand, 1934
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Harry Burgess and his donut stand helpers (left to right) Ruth Hughson, Katherine Fehr, and Dorothy DeBolt at the 1934 DeBolt Stampede and Sports Day. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 24 and in “Across the Smoky,” p. 332. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.546.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0615
DeBolt Stampede Parade, 1935
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Part of the 1935 DeBolt Stampede parade including a wagon drawn by six horses and a truck loaded with people. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 29 and in “Across the Smoky,” p. 333.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0616
Bucking Broncs Crossing Smoky River, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3.5 in.
Frakes’ string of bucking broncs swim the Smoky River en route to the Teepee Creek Stampede. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 333.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0617
DeBolt Stampede, 1930
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 1.75 in.
Spectators watch men on horse-back compete in rodeo events in the corral at the DeBolt Stampede. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 29 and in “Across the Smoky,” p. 331.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0618
Junior Red Cross Parade, July 11, 1930
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
The Junior Red Cross parade at the 1930 DeBolt Sports Day/Stampede. Includes (right to left): Anita Peterson, ?, Winnie DeBolt, ?, Dorothy DeBolt, Mary Doerkson?, and others. The tall boy may be Dale DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 331. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.527.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0619
DeBolt Stampede, 1930
1 negative; b & w; 3 x 2 in.
Stampede clowns Tom Moore and Charlie Goldring at the 1930 DeBolt Stampede. Spectators are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 331 and in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 23. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.542.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0620
Sturgeon Lake Sports Day, [ca. 1925]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
A group of DeBolt homesteaders at the Sturgeon Lake Sports Day. Standing, left to right: Elbert DeBolt, Cy Young, Ove Nielson, and Tom Rice. Seated, left to right: Jack McLaughlin, Bill LeValley, Irene Cummings (first East Smoky teacher), Ellis Turner, Virginia De Bolt, Mary Walters, and George DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 331. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.588.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0621
Sturgeon Lake Sports Day, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Sven Carlson, on horseback, pulls four First Nations men in a contest of strength at the Sturgeon Lake Sports Day. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 93.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0622
Airplane Stuck in the Mud, April 9, 1943
1 negative; b & w; 6.25 x 3 in.
A mercy-flight plane landed on the highway east of DeBolt. The purpose of the flight was to pick up Annie Glaubitz. The plane got stuck in the mud. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 345. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.446.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0623
Art Belford, Mrs. J. Belford, and Frank Stevenson, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Art Belford, Mrs. J. Belford, and Frank Stevenson stand beside a car. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 63.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0624
George DeBolt, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
George DeBolt beside his car. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 27.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0625
Frank Fitzell and Unknown, 1930
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75 in.
Frank Fitzell (right) and unknown leaving Slave Lake for Peace River. The two men are standing by a car. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 147.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0626
Looking for Homesteads, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3.25 in.
Bill Friesen, Pete Thiessen and friends looking for homesteads. The five men are standing by a car. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 185.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0627
Joe Newman Sr., [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3.5 in.
Joe Newman Sr. and his Model T Ford. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 9.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0628
Scow on the Slave River, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Jean and Ben Sutley going to Mirror for school via government scow up the Slave River to Slave Lake. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 344.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0629
Flood at Slave Lake, 1935
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
The flood at Slave Lake experienced by the Sutleys. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 344.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0630
Smoky River Hill, 1943
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.75 in.
Granddad (R. N.) Bickell and Jean Quickfall stand beside a car on the muddy Smoky River Hill . Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 344.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0631
Mail Trail from Edson to Grande Prairie, [ca. 1915]
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
A mail train from Edson to Grande Prairie using pack animals. Modeste L’Hirondelle’s uncle, John L’Hirondelle was part of this train. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 285.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0632
Crossing the Pembina River, 1914
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
Jim Platt on horseback and wagons crossing the Pembina River en route to the Peace River Country. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 14.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0633
Leaving Sexsmith for DeBolt, 1928
1 negative; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
The Peter Doerkson outfit leaving Sexsmith for DeBolt. The photograph shows a wagon being pulled by two horses. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 70.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0634
Caboose in Winter, January 1938
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
The Alphonse Plante outfit coming into the country in winter. The photograph shows a canvas-sided caboose on runners pulled by two horses. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 250.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0635
Trip to Goodwin, [ca. 1915]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2 in.
Sam Turner and a friend on a trip to Goodwin. The photograph shows the two men standing outside a building (presumably a house) with a wagon parked next to it. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 40.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0636
Scotty Kenneway and Frank Fitzell, 1931
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 5.5 in.
Scotty Kenneway (on horseback) and Frank Fitzell leaving Grande Prairie for the homestead. A building is visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 147.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0637
Margaret Jordan, Helen McArthur, and Dorothy DeBolt, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 5.75 x 3 in.
Margaret Jordan, Helen McArthur, and Dorothy DeBolt on horseback near Harper Creek Crossing on the Edson Trail. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 48.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0638
Weegar Children on Horseback, 1942
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Delmar, Lorice, Harvey and Earl Weegar going to Darwin School on horseback. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 315.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0639
Sleigh Ride, 1947
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.75 in.
A Christmas 1947 sleigh ride to Stony Woman Lake. The photograph shows, left to right: Virginia DeBolt, George DeBolt, Bob Frakes, Clara Frakes, Betty Frakes, and Jean Frakes at Rake Tooth Rapids. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 215.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0640
Tony Kramps and Caroline Miller, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Tony Kramps and Caroline Miller in a cutter drawn by two horses. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 110.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0641
Elva Bower on a Sleigh, 1939
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Elva Bower (Wolchyn) on a dog sleigh in front of the Bowers’ new home. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 315
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0642
Smoky River Ferry Tower, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2.5 in.
A group of people gathered around the base of the Smoky River ferry tower. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 342.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0643
Smoky River Ferry Tower, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3.25 in.
A group of people gathered at the top of the Smoky River ferry tower. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 342.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0644
Smoky River Cable Car, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Crossing the Smoky River by cable car. The car is stopped at the ferry tower. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 342.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0645
Crossing the Smoky River in the Basket, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
Bill Sargent and Ester Duerksen crossing the Smoky River in a basket suspended from a cable over the river. This method was used when there was still too much ice on the river for the ferry to operate. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 342. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.457.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0646
Spring Break-Up, 1940
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
Ed Dierker and others helping to haul the mail across the Smoky River. The canoes are in the ice. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 342. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.459.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0647
Crossing the Smoky River by Boat, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Crossing the Smoky River in a canoe/rowboat with the mail. Notice the ice on shore. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 342. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.435.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0648
Trucks Stuck in Ice, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 2 in.
Several trucks partially fallen through the ice on the Smoky River. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 343. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.447.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0649
Trucks Stuck in Ice, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 3.5 in.
Two trucks partially fallen through the ice on the Smoky River. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 343.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0650
Spring Break-Up, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
A truck beside the Smoky River during spring break-up. The ice has just gone out and is piled high on the shore. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 343. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.458.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0651
Smoky River Ferry, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 6.25 x 3.5 in.
The Smoky River ferry transporting a truck across the river. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 343. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.456.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0652
Smoky River Ferry, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
The ferry on the Smoky River. The ferry is not carrying any passengers or freight in this photograph. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 343. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.454.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0653
Smoky River Ferry, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.25 in.
The ferry on the Smoky River. The ferry is loaded with a car, truck, and passengers and is ready to depart for the other bank. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 343. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.455.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0654
Smoky River Ferry, 1949
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
The ferry on the Smoky River. The ferry is loaded with what appears to be a truck with a boat on its roof towing a trailer. According to the caption in “Across the Smoky,” this is the last trip of the ferry. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 349.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0655
Smoky River in Flood, 1935
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.75 in.
Buildings partially underwater during a Smoky River flood. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 341. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.449.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0656
Smoky River in Flood, 1935
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2 in.
A view taken off the bank of the Smoky River during the 1935 flood. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 341.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0657
Walking on Thin Ice, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
A group of men walking across the Smoky River over thin ice. The men are carrying their bags and parcels as well as cans of cream. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 341.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0658
Morrison-Sargent Bus, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2 in.
The Sargent-Morrison bus loaded with passengers. This was the first bus in the Peace Country. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 201. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.440.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0659
Mr. Enns and Sargents with the Bus, [ca. 1944]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2 in.
Mr. Enns and Clara Sargent with her children Fay and Kennie in front of the Morrison-Sargent bus at the Sargents’. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 201.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0660
Charney Boys Bogged Down, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.75 in.
The Charney boys’s truck bogged down on a corduroy road coming into the country. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 344.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0661
Carolyn and Tony Kramps with Truck, 1945
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Carolyn and Tony Kramps with their first truck. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 111.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0662
Frank’s Truck Service, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
Frank Ratzlaff’s trucking service. The truck is being driven by Herbert Loewen. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 86.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0663
Moving Building, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3.25 in.
Bill Sargent moving a building by truck. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 201.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0664
Moving Building, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Ivan Morrison, George Debolt, and Bill Sargent sitting on the front bumper of a truck. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 158.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0665
Morrison-Sargent Mail Truck, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
The Morrison-Sargent mail truck on a snowy road. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 202.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0666
Trottier Mail Truck, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
Bill Tomaski (left), Bill Trottier (right), and others in front of the Trottier Mail Truck. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 243.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0667
Trottier Mail Truck, 1937
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Bill Trottier in the engine compartment of the Trottier Mail Truck on Smoky Hill. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 243.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0668
Bill Sargent Freighting, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Bill Sargent freighting in the mud, possibly on a mail run, with a tractor-wagon outfit. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 344.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0669
Bill Sargent and Tractor, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75 in.
Bill Sargent driving a tractor carrying a load. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 344.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0670
Mail Wagon Stuck in the Mud, Fall 1941
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
Bill Sargent and his tractor train get stuck in the mud enroute to Grande Prairie. A small Ford tractor is trying to get the mail wagon through. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 344. See also negative 116.09.01.01.552 and photograph 116.09.01.02.441.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0671
Walter Thew Breaking Land, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
Walter Thew breaking land using horses. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 164.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0672
First Log Church, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.25 in.
The first log church at DeBolt, DeBolt United Church, built in 1932. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 306.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0673
DeBolt Country Club, [ca. 1960]
2 negatives; b & w; 1.75 x 1.75 in.
Views of the DeBolt Country Club float in the Sports Day parade.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0674-.675
Lawrence and Helene Warren, [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 35 mm
Lawrence and Helene Warren and their baby. The Warrens were DeBolt storekeepers and postmasters after 1960. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.204.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0676
Howard and Mary Henry, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 35 mm
Howard and Mary Henry. Howard was postmaster at Goodwin from 1933 to 1936. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.215.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0677
Rod and Eleanor McArthur, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 35 mm
Rod and Eleanor McArthur sitting on the running board of a car. Goodwin postmaster, 1936-1937. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.202.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0678
Christine Starkey, [ca. 1980]
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
Christine Starkey raking leaves. Christine was DeBolt’s postmistress sometime after 1960 until 1974. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.206.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0679
“Across the Smoky” Negatives, [ca. 1980]
4 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Negatives and photographs collected by the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum housed in files in a metal cabinet.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0680-.0683
“Across the Smoky” Negatives, [ca. 1980]
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
Negatives and photographs collected by the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum housed in files in a metal cabinet. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.328.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0684
“Across the Smoky” Negatives, [ca. 1980]
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
Negatives from the “Across the Smoky” book filed in envelopes and catalogued. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.327.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0685
“Across the Smoky” Negatives, [ca. 1980]
2 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Filing and cataloguing negatives from the “Across the Smoky” book.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0686-.0687
“Across the Smoky” Negatives, [ca. 1980]
2 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Book proofs from “Across the Smoky”.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0688-.0689
Heritage Day, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
Kids lined up for a race at the 1983 Heritage Day in DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0690
Heritage Day, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35mm
A group of kids outside at the 1983 Heritage Day in DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0691
Heritage Day, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
Men playing horseshoes at the 1983 Heritage Day in DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0692
Heritage Day, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
A group of men inspecting old farm equipment at the 1983 Heritage Day in DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0693
Heritage Day, 1983
1 negative; b & w; 35 mm
A view of Hubert Memorial Park during the 1983 Heritage Day in DeBolt showing the playground, Mehlum Barn, and DeBolt United Church.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0694
Heritage Day, 1983
2 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Participants at the 1983 Heritage Day in DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0695-.0696
Heritage Day, 1983
2 negatives; colour; 35 mm
An elderly woman being honoured at the 1983 Heritage Day in DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0697-.0698
Heritage Day, 1983
2 negatives; colour; 35 mm
An elderly man being honoured at the 1983 Heritage Day in DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0699-.0700
Heritage Day, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
Max Franks, John Doerkson, and Ellis Turner open the wire shed at Heritage Day in 1983, DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum’s next building.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0701
Heritage Day, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
Max Franks, John Doerkson, and Ellis Turner open the wire shed at Heritage Day in 1983, DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum’s next building. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.312.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0702
Goodwin Co-op Store, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 35 mm
An unidentified man behind the counter at the Goodwin Co-op Store.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0703
Goodwin Store and Post Office, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 35 mm
An exterior view of the Goodwin Store (Co-op) and Post Office. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.216.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0704
Goodwin Co-op, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 35 mm
An unidentified man standing outside the Goodwin Co-op building.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0705
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Display, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
A display of photograph and list of honours from 1982 at the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0706
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Display, 1983
2 negatives; colour; 35 mm
A church display at the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0707, .0718
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Display, 1983
2 negatives; colour; 35 mm
A display of DeBolt Stampede posters in the small shed of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0708, .0716
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Display, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
A display of DeBolt Stampede posters in the small shed of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.332.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0709
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Display, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
A display of nature photographs and natural history objects at the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.333.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0710
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Display, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
A display of tools at the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0711
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Display, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
A display of furnishings at the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0712
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Display, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
A display of furnishings at the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0713
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Display, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
A display of household tools and items at the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0714
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Display, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
A display of nature photographs and natural history objects at the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0715
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Displays, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
A display of DeBolt Stampede posters in the small shed of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.332.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0716
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Display, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
A display on nursing at the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0717
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Display, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
A store display at the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0719
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Display, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
A display of tack at the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0720
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Display, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
A display of artifacts at the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0721
Heritage Day, 1983
3 negatives; colour; 35 mm
An elderly woman being honoured at the 1983 Heritage Day in DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0722-.0724
Heritage Day, 1983
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
An elderly man being honoured at the 1983 Heritage Day in DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0725
Playground, [ca. 1983]
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
The playground, including merry-go-round and swingset, at Hubert Memorial Park in DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0726
Playground Materials, [ca. 1983]
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
Materials to build the playground at Hubert Memorial Park in DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0727
Ferry, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 2.75 x 2.25 in.
A four-horse team and wagon loaded on a ferry.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0728
Beaverdams – Rycroft, [ca. 1980]
8 negatives; colour; 35 mm
A series of photographs showing beaverdams and trees in the Rycroft area.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0729-.0736
Beaverdams and Roses – Cosy Cove, [ca. 1980]
7 negatives; colour; 35 mm
A series of photographs showing beaverdams and roses in the Cosy Cove area.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0737-.0743
Beaverdams – Puskwaskau, [ca. 1980]
8 negatives; colour; 35 mm
A series of photographs showing beaverdams and trees in the Puskwaskau area.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0744-.0751
Building an Ice Bridge, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Building an ice bridge on the Smoky River. The photograph appears to have been taken from the top of one of the ferry towers.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0752
Field Day, [ca. 1935]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
Groups of people in a field, inspecting crops and chatting, at a field day.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0753
Building an Ice Bridge, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Building an ice bridge on the Smoky River. An unidentified group including a man, woman, and two children is shown in the foreground. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.436.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0754
Stage Arrives in Grande Prairie, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
The stage wagon, pulled by four horses, arrives at the Patterson & Son’s Store in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0755
Buckskin Charlie, [ca. 1914]
1 negative; b & w; 2.75 x 2.25 in.
Buckskin Charlie (Charles Wellington Connor) on the Edson Trail. Charlie is seated on the back of a wagon box with an unidentified man looking on. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.426.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0756
Edson Trail Survey Camp, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
A group of men, including engineers, at an Edson Trail survey camp. See also photograph 116.09.01.01.413.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0757
Laying the Cornerstone of the Kathryn Prittie Hospital, 1914
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
The cornerstone of Grande Prairie’s Kathryn Prittie Hospital being laid by Mrs. Agnes Forbes, Dr. Annie Higbee and Nurse Agnes Baird.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0758
Smoky River Ferry, [ca. 1915]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
An unidentified man stands on a ferry on the Smoky River.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0759
James McFarlane in Lake Saskatoon, 1917
1 negative; b & w; 3 x 2.25 in.
James McFarlane drives a wagon through Lake Saskatoon by the Revillon Bros. store.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0760
Alexander Hugh McQuarrie, 1942
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
Portrait of Alexander Hugh McQuarrie, engineer on the Edson Trail. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.103.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0761
Fran Moore, [ca. 1980]
1 negative; b & w; 2 x 2.5 in.
Frances A. (Mrs. Marvin) Moore. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. vi. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.141.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0762
Margaret McQuarrie, December 1943
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
Portrait of Margaret, wife of Alexander Hugh McQuarrie, the engineer on the Edson Trail. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.104.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0763
L. H. Miller Stopping Place, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 35 mm
Two teams of oxen pulling loads of groceries bound for Grande Prairie stop at the L. H. Miller Stopping Place, 42 miles out of Edson on the Edson Trail. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 164. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.430.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0764
Miller Family, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 35 mm
The Miller family at Toney River on the Edson Trail. Their caboose and teams are shown in the background. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 164.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0765
“Edson to Grande Prairie Trail” Cover, [ca. 1982]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 9.25 in.
A negative of the front cover of the “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail” book. The cover shows a drawn image of a group of settlers in a horse-drawn sleigh. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” cover.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0766
First Car over Edson Trail, 1913
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
The first car over the Edson Trail, driven by A. M. Bezanson. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 129. See also negative 116.09.01.01.827.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0767
Departing on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
A line of cabooses and sleighs pulled by oxen departing for Grande Prairie in winter. The caption along the bottom states “Leaving Immigration Hall Edmonton for Grande Prairie.” Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 91. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.432.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0768
Edna Agar and Bob Cochrane on the Edson Trail, 1912
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
Edna Agar, unknown, and Bob Cochrane enroute to Grande Prairie from Edson via the Edson Trail. They are standing beside a caboose pulled by oxen. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 178. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.429.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0769
Map of Bezanson, [ca. 1910]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 3.5 in.
A negative of a map showing Bezanson’s strategic situation on the Smoky River. The caption states “Note the strategic situation. You can see the impractibility of railways crossing the Big Smoky river without going through Bezanson. We intend to carry out the wide street for street cars every four blocks in the business section as more land is surveyed.” Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 15.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0770
Map of Peace River District, [ca. 1910]
1 negative; b & w; 6.75 x 5.75 in.
A negative of a map of the Peace River District designed to show trails and trading posts. The caption states “With the exception of a few additional markings of settlements, prairies and trails, this map is an exact copy of the latest official Government map of the Peace River District, and is as accurate as conscientious effort could make it. The perpendicular line is the 120th Meridian and also serves as the boundary between Alberta and British Columbia from where it crosses the Continental Divide to their Northern Boundaries.” Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 16.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0771
Map of Northern Settlement, [ca. 1910]
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 5 in.
A negative of a map showing the trend of northern settlement with the townships marked. The caption states “Map showing the progress and direction of the settlement in the country north of Edmonton. The townships outlined are those which were surveyed __e opening of 1910. Those hatched in black are the townships in which there were at that date five or more settlers.” Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 16.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0772
At Baptiste River on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 2 x 3.25 in.
(Left to Right) Jim Cornwall (MLA for Peace River), Mrs. Emmerson, and John Stocks (Deputy Ministers of Public Works) holding child, outside a tent at Baptiste River (later called Berland) on the Edson Trail. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 17. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.410.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0773
Cutting Oats at Bezanson’s, 1910
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 4 in.
Cutting oats with horses in A. M. Bezanson’s field on the Smoky River. Mrs. Bezanson and Frank are standing in the cut section. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 18.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0774
A. M. Bezanson Homestead, 1908
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
An exterior view of A. M. Bezanson’s homestead cabin on the Smoky River. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 19.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0775
Bull Outfit, 1910
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Settlers from the Bull Outfit stopped on the trail to Grande Prairie. Those shown include Mrs. Lossing, Mrs. Drake, Mr. McNaught, Garnet Truax, Clarence Lossing, Mrs. Smith, E. A. Smith, Mr. Gaudin, and R. C. Lossing. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 22.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0776
Farm Equipment, 1912
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
A group of men and farm equipment at Beaverlodge. The separator is being pulled by Stone’s horses and the engine is being pulled by Sherk’s oxen. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 22.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0777
Tipped Wagon Load on the Long Trail, 1910
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
R. C. Lossing’s wagon tipped over on the Long Trail as the Bull Outfit journeys to Beaverlodge. Men shown include R. C. Lossing, J. M. (Mac) Miller, George Flint, Elias Smith, and William Crabbe. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 22.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0778
Edna Agar Enroute to Grande Prairie, 1912
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
Edna Agar and two men enroute to Grande Prairie in 1912 over the Edson Trail.They are shown beside Bob Cochrane’s caboose. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.428.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0779
Leaving on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
A typical Edson Trail scene showing sleighs loaded with crates and pulled by oxen leaving for Grande Prairie. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.431.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0780
Map of Early Trails West of Edmonton, [ca. 1980]
1 negative; b & w; 9.25 x 6.75 in.
A negative image of a hand-drawn map showing early trails west of Edmonton and north to Whitecourt. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 42.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0781
Baptiste River Ferry, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
The ferry on the Baptiste (Berland) River. A rowboat floats behind the ferry. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 62.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0782
Dinner on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
Lunch or supper on the Edson Trail. Left to Right: A. H. McQuarrie (engineer), McEwan (packer), Hanson, J. D. Robertson, and James Cornwall (Peace River MLA). Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 64. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.408.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0783
Camp on the Smoky River, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
An overnight camp on the east bank of Smoky River showing a tent and bedrolls. (L to R) J. D. Robertson, Antoine Thomas, ?, A. H. McQuarrie, ?. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 65. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.417.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0784
Camping on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
John Stocks (Deputy Ministers of Public Works) and McEwan setting up camp on the Edson Trail. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 65. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.409.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0785
Preparing Supper on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
J. D. Robertson, A. H. McQuarrie (engineer), and James Cornwall (MLA for Peace River) preparing rabbit stew for a meal on the Edson Trail. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 66. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.411.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0786
Dinner on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
Dinner on the Edson Trail. Left to Right: Hanson, A. H. McQuarrie (engineer), James Cornwall (Peace River MLA), J. D. Robertson, and McEwan (packer). See also photograph 116.09.01.02.407.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0787
Dinner on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
Dinner on the Edson Trail. Left to Right: Hanson, A. H. McQuarrie (engineer), James Cornwall (Peace River MLA), J. D. Robertson, and McEwan (packer). Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 67. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.412.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0788
Main Street, Edson, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 4.25 in.
A view of the main street of Edson showing buildings completed and under construction, a wagon and team, and people on the rough boardwalk. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 77.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0789
Peace River Stage Arrives, July 1, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
The arrival of the Peace River stage in Edson, July 1, 1911. The stage is a wagon pulled by four horses and filled with men. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 87.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0790
Edson Stage Leaves, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 4.75 in.
The Edson stage leaving for Grande Prairie. Several wagons pulled by teams of horses and a large group of men are gathered in front of false-front building. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 90.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0791
Pack Outfit Leaves Edson, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
A pack outfit of several horses leaving Edson for the Peace Country. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 93.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0792
Buckskin Charlie Carrying Mail, 1912
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 2 in.
“Buckskin Charlie” (Charles Wellington Connor) with his 4up mail team fords the icy waters of the Little Smoky River in November 1912. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 93.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0793
“Big 7” Company, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
The “Big 7” Company Ltd., a threshing company, operating at Lake Saskatoon in the Grande Prairie district. Equipment shown includes a threshing machine and a steam engine. Various buildings are visible in the background. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 94.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0794
McQueen Presbyterian Church, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3 x 2.25 in.
An exterior view of McQueen Presbyterian Church in Grande Prairie, dedicated by Rev. Alexander Forbes on October 8, 1911. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 95.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0795
Founding McQueen Presbyterian Church, July 1911
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Men, including Rev. Alexander Forbes, and women gathered for the founding of McQueen Presbyterian Church in Grande Prairie, July 1911. A note on the negative indicates that a corner log was cut. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 95.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0796
Lake Saskatoon Main Street, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
A view of the main street of Lake Saskatoon showing people on the boardwalk, horses and buggies, and various buildings including the Revillon Freres Trading Company Ltd. and the Royal Hotel. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 96.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0797
Lake Saskatoon Main Street, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 4.25 in.
A view of the main street of Lake Saskatoon showing various buildings with the Lake visible in the background. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 96.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0798
Lake Saskatoon Haystacks, November 25, 1913
1 negative; b & w; 3 x 2 in.
A wagon in front of haystacks at Lake Saskatoon. The grain was grown 5 miles away. The man on the wagon may be William Noll. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 97.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0799
Lake Saskatoon Sports Day, 1912
1 negative; b & w; 3 x 1.75 in.
The first Sports Day celebrated at Lake Saskatoon. The photograph shows a game, likely baseball, being watched by a group of spectators. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 99.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0800
Grande Prairie Fair, 1913
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
George S. Lovering at the 1913 Grande Prairie Fair. The photograph shows a large group of people gathered around a flag-pole. Several buildings are visible in the background. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 99.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0801
Grande Prairie Post Office and Land Office, 1926
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
The Grande Prairie Post Office and Land Office during a homestead rush in 1926. The photograph shows several men camped on the boardwalk outside the office. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 111.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0802
Homestead and Threshing Outfit, [ca. 1915]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
A threshingoutfit, including a steam engine, in operation outside a barn on an unidentified homestead. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 112.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0803
Early Grande Prairie Settlers, [ca. 1910]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 1.5 in.
Early settlers in the Grande Prairie area standing outside the Benson Stopping Place in Grande Prairie, including Harry Robertson, Ralph Brown, unknown, Campbell Benson, unknown, Mrs. Benson, Morton Emerson, George Lovering, and Jake Weber. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 112.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0804
Grande Prairie Land Office, July 15, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
Men including Rupert Carveth, Arthur Carveth, George Burke, George Lovering, and Hugh Ferguson line up before dawn at the new Grande Prairie Land Office. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 112.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0805
Homestead West of Wembley, [ca. 1920]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
A homestead in the trees, west of Wembley. The photograph shows children and a dog playing in the snow in front of the house. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 112.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0806
Hudson’s Bay Company, Lake Saskatoon, 1910
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 1.75 in.
Two men and two children outside of the Hudson’s Bay Company buildings at Lake Saskatoon. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 112.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0807
Ploughing with Oxen, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
Farming the virgin sod in Grande Prairie using a plough pulled by oxen. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 113.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0808
Kathryn Prittie Hospital, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1914]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
A car parked in front of the Kathryn Prittie Hospital in Grande Prairie, built in 1914. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 113.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0809
Lake Saskatoon, 1910
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
A large group of people assembled in front of buildings in Lake Saskatoon. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 113.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0810
Grande Prairie’s First Buildings, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
The first buildings in Grande Prairie. The Patterson & Son store is shown in the centre of the photograph. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 113.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0811
Grande Prairie’s First Buildings, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 3 in.
William Smith & Co., Clyde and Harry Ranchers, and Butcher Shop on Bear Creek, Grande Prairie. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 113.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0812
Grande Prairie Picnic at the Wapiti River, 1913
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
A Grande Prairie picnic at the Wapiti River. Left to right: Cecil Sully, Sadie Crerar, Jack Depencier, Elizabeth Dunlop, Anna Patterson, Mamie Moore, Bill Innes, Luella Patterson, Bernard Sully, Jack Oatway, Delmar Pratt, Ed Crerar, and Jim Crerar. Young Garnet Pratt is seated in front and Mrs. William Pratt and Mrs. Ed Crerar are standing in the rear. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 114.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0813
Main Street, Grande Prairie, 1916
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
Looking down Grande Prairie’s main street with various buildings visible on both sides. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 114.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0814
Home Interior, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
The interior of a home showing a man seated at the table and a woman doing ironing. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 114.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0815
Display of Household Crafts, [ca. 1915]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
A display of household crafts at the Grande Prairie Fair. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 114.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0816
Homesteading in the Peace River Country, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
A fiddler plays beside a stove with a tall stovepipe in an outdoor camp, an example of homesteading in the Peace River Country. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 114.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0817
Mail Stage Leaving Beaverlodge, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
The mail stage, a wagon pulled by two horses, leaving Beaverlodge. Log buildings are visible in the background. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 122.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0818
Stage Coach in Edson, April 17, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
The stage coach in Edson, the first on the trail to Grande Prairie. The stage coach is loaded with men and pulled by four horses. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 126.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0819
Hudson’s Bay Company, Sturgeon Lake, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
The Hudson’s Bay Company buildings at Sturgeon Lake. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 127.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0820
Hudson’s Bay Company Store, Sturgeon Lake, 1912
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5 in.
Three men and two dogs stand outside the Hudson’s Bay Company store at Sturgeon Lake. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 127.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0821
Catholic Mission, Sturgeon Lake, [ca. 1914]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 4.75 in.
Nuns and children outside the Catholic Mission at Sturgeon Lake. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 127.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0822
First Nations Family, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Women and children from a First Nations family outside a tent. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 128.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0823
Cree Family on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
A Cree family on the Edson Trail with a saddle horse and a sleigh. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 128.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0824
First Nations Trapper at Toney River, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
A First Nations trapper and family at the Toney River on the Edson-Grande Prairie Trail. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 128.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0825
A. M. Bezanson Home, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
A. M. Bezanson’s home with on the front porch and a saddle horse hitched nearby. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 129.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0826
First Car Over Edson Trail, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w;
The first car over the Edson Trail, driven by A. M. Bezanson. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 129. See also negative 116.09.01.01.767.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0827
Map of Edson Trail Stopping Places, [ca. 1980]
1 negative; b & w; 10.25 x 7.25 in.
A negative image of a map showing the stopping places along the Edson Trail, railway lines, settlements, and topographic and physical features of the area north of Edson to Sexsmith. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 131.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0828
Stopping Place, Athabasca River, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 1.75 in.
A stopping place on the Edson Trail at the Athabasca River including a few cabins and wagons. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 132. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.421.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0829
Stopping Place on the Edson Trail, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 1.75 in.
A stopping place on the Edson Trail, including a couple of cabins. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 132. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.415.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0830
Lewis Stopping Place, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
The Lewis Stopping Place on the Edson Trail. The photograph shows several people, a loaded sleigh, a wagon, and a couple of buildings. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 132.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0831
Little Smoky Stopping Place, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 1.75 in.
The Little Smoky stopping place on the Edson Trail, including a cabin, group of men, and team of horses. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 133. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.416.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0832
Stopping Place on the Edson Trail, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 3.25 in.
A stopping place along a river on the Edson Trail, including several buildings. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 133.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0833
Severson’s Stopping Place, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
A group of people outside a building at the Severson’s stopping place at 70 mile along the Grande Prairie-Edson Trail. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 133.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0834
Homesteaders at Toney River, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Homesteaders, including two men, a woman, and two girls, outside a log cabin at Toney River in winter. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 133.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0835
Toney River Stopping Place, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 4 in.
The stopping place at Toney River on the Edson Trail, including several buildings. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 134.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0836
Athabasca Landing Advertisement, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 5.75 x 9.25 in.
A negative of an Athabasca Land Company advertisement on Gateway Heights at Athabasca Landing. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 136.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0837
Wagon on Edson Trail, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75 in.
An ox pulling a wagon on the Edson Trail. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 160.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0838
Pattersons on Edson Trail, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
The Patterson camp on the Edson Trail including tents, a wagon, a stove, and several people. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 160.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0839
Settler on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
A settler on the Edson Trail with his horses and sleigh in the winter of 1911. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 160. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.414.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0840
Patterson Outfit on the Edson Trail, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
The Patterson outfit on the trail to Grande Prairie. The photograph shows a group of men and two wagons stopped in the trees. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 160.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0841
On the Trail to Peace River, 1911
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Horses pulling a wagon and a sleigh on the trail to Peace River. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 161.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0842
Ferry Crossing, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
A wagon pulled by four oxen on a ferry. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 161.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0843
Honeymoon Couple on Edson Trail, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
A couple on their honeymoon as they travel the Edson-Grande Prairie Trail to their homestead. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 161.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0844
Six Ox Team on the Edson Trail, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
A team of six oxen pulls a wagon over the Edson Trail. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 161.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0845
Families on the Edson Trail, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 4 in.
Three families on the Edson Trail with wagons pulled by oxen and horses. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 161.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0846
Families on the Edson Trail, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 4.75 in.
A group of settlers on the Edson-Grande Prairie Trail with their sleighs, horses, and oxen in the background. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 162.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0847
Harry Morgan Family, [ca. 1914]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
The Harry Morgan family coming to the Peace Country in 1914, via the Edson Trail. The family is shown in or beside a wagon pulled by two oxen next to a log house. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 195. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.425.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0848
Harry Morgan’s Cabin, [ca. 1914]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.75 in.
Harry Morgan’s first log cabin at his homestead near Sexsmith. Harry and his family came to the Peace Country in 1914 via the Edson Trail. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 195. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.423.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0849
John Dewar Farm, 1915
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3.5 in.
A team of four oxen pulling a binder on the John Dewar farm in Beaverlodge. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 198.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0850
First Nations Home at Sturgeon Lake, April 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
John Stock, Deputy Minister of Public Works (left), and A. H. McQuarrie, road engineer (centre), at a First Nations family’s home at Sturgeon Lake. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 208. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.419.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0851
Sturgeon Lake, April 1911
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
Dr. R. N. Shaw, Mosier, E. E. Davidson, and Harvey Switzer beside Sturgeon Lake, April 1911. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 208. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.418.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0852
Mail Pack Horses, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Mail pack horses fording a river on the Edson Trail. The photograph may have been taken by Edgar Spurgion, Edson. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 210.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0853
Smoky River Ferry, 1919
1 negative; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The ferry across the Smoky River. The photograph shows the ferry tower on the near side of the river and the ferry mid-stream. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 220.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0854
Goodwin’s Ferry at Smoky River, 1912
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
A saddle horse and a wagon on Goodwin’s ferry on the Smoky River Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 220.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0855
Ferry, [ca. 1915]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2 in.
A empty ferry on an unidentified river. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 220.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0856
Ferry, [ca. 1915]
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 3.75 in.
Two men and a horse on a ferry with a boat tied behind. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 221.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0857
Little Smoky River Ferry, [ca. 1915]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
Two men, a boy, and dogs on the ferry across the Little Smoky River. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 221.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0858
Crossing the Athabasca River, 1913
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Settlers crossing the partially-frozen Athabasca River with two horses. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 221.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0859
Bear Shot on Edson Trail, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w;
A man carrying a bear shot on the Edson Trail near Athabasca River. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 221. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.420.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0860
“Big” Smoky River, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
A view of the “Big” Smoky River valley taken from the top of one of the banks. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 224. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.433.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0861
Doubling Up, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 1.75 in.
Doubling up on the long steep hills of the Edson Trail at Little Smoky River. The photograph shows two sleighs, oxen, and settlers. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 224.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0862
Caboose on the Edson Trail, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Horses pulling a caboose on the Edson Trail, 10 miles from the Little Smoky River. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 224.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0863
A. H. and Allan Jr. McQuarrie, 1914
1 negative; b & w; 3 x 2 in.
A. H. McQuarrie and his son Allan, sitting on a front porch. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 237. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.105.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0864
Freighters on the Edson Trail, 1914
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 4.75 in.
Freighters and several sleighs stopped for a rest along the Edson Trail in winter. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 239.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0865
Outfits Leaving Grande Prairie, [ca. 1911]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Outfits, sleighs pulled by horses, leaving Grande Prairie for Edson to collect a year’s grub stake. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 239.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0866
Mail Delivery, [ca. 1914]
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.75 in.
Mail delivery in the Peace River country by sleigh. A sketch was made from this photograph to create the cover of the “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail” book. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 242.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0867
Last Outfit to Cross the Athabasca River, 1917
1 negative; b & w; 7 x 4.75 in.
The last outfit, a wagon pulled by four horses, to cross the Athabasca River in 1917, which was the last year the government operated a ferry between there and the Baptiste River. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 245.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0868
First Picnic at DeBolt, July 4, 1921
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3 in.
A group of ladies and children at the first picnic at DeBolt on July 4, 1921. The site used was later the Earl Peterson home lot. Left to right: Winnie DeBolt, Virginia DeBolt, Mrs. Jim Goodwin, Dorothy DeBolt, Laura DeBolt, Beauchamp Clarke, Dale DeBolt, Frank Clarke, Robert Mehlum, and Pearl Mehlum. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 330, “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 9, and in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 257. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.594.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0869
First Picnic at DeBolt, July 4, 1921
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
A group of men at the first picnic at DeBolt on July 4, 1921. The site used was later the Earl Peterson home lot. Standing: B. Clarke, E. DeBolt, C. Young, O. Nielson, J. Mitchell, J. McGilvery, A. J. McLarty, G. Willard, and E. Clarke. Seated: F. Stanton, G. DeBolt, H. Bowman, G. Tilley, B. Leonard, J. Mehlum, J. Goodwin, and D. Goodwin. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 330, “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 9, and in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 258. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.593.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0870
Edson Trail Cairn, August 16, 1986
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
Betty Hannah (daughter of A. H. McQuarrie), Jim Moon, and Jean Boyd, with Jim and Jean’s father Alfred Moon, an Edson Trail pioneer, at the dedication of the cairn commemorating the 75th Anniversary of the opening of the Edson-Grande Prairie Trail. The dedication took place at the 1986 DeBolt Heritage Day celebration. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 259.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0871
Edson Trail Cairn, August 16, 1986
1 negative; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
Winnie Moore and Allan McQuarrie at the dedication of the cairn commemorating the 75th Anniversary of the opening of the Edson-Grande Prairie Trail. The dedication took place at the 1986 DeBolt Heritage Day celebration. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 259.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0872
Edson Trail Cairn, August 16, 1986
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
Edson Trail pioneer Alfred Moon at the dedication of the cairn commemorating the 75th Anniversary of the opening of the Edson-Grande Prairie Trail. The dedication took place at the 1986 DeBolt Heritage Day celebration. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 259.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0873
DeBolt Community Hall, [ca. 1989]
1 negative; b & w; 9.5 x 2.75 in.
An exterior view of the DeBolt Community Hall. The front section was built in 1967 with an addition made at the back in 1975. It also housed the DeBolt Public Library. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” cover.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0874
Premier Brownlee’s Visit, 1929
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 3 in.
A group gathered outside of the newly built DeBolt Community Hall, attendees at a banquet and speech during Premier Brownlee’s 1929 visit. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 8 and in “Across the Smoky,” p. 339.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0875
Ball Game, 1929
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 1.75 in.
Ball game at the DeBolt Sports Grounds. A car is visible in the foreground. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 8. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.545.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0876
DeBolt Stampede, 1930
1 negative; b & w; 2 x 2.75 in.
Calf riding at the 1930 DeBolt Stampede. Spectators, tents, and a cabin are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 331 and in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 23. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.541.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0877
DeBolt Stampede, 1933
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 3.5 in.
Several boys watching the events at the 1933 DeBolt Stampede at the DeBolt sports grounds. Other spectators and cars are visible in the background. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 23.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0878
DeBolt Stampede, 1931
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
Stampede at the DeBolt sports grounds. A cowboy is riding a bucking bronco while numerous spectators watch. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 23. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.530.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0879
DeBolt Stampede, 1932
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 3 in.
Horses in the stampede at the DeBolt sports grounds. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 24.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0880
“Spooky Tavern” Play, February 1958
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
“Spooky Tavern”, a play performed in February 1958 at the DeBolt Community Hall. Actors include (left to right) Maurice Moore, Neva Thompson, and Barbara Turner.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0881
Curling Team, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
A curling team consisting of (left to right) George DeBolt, George Ringle, Jake Fehr, and Virginia DeBolt with their brooms and curling rocks. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 53.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0882
Hall Construction, Spring 1967
1 negative; b & w;
John Nielsen and Jerry Gunby working on the new DeBolt Community Hall. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 57.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0883
DeBolt Country Club Executive, 1967
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
Members of the DeBolt Country Club Executive, left to right, Art Dievert, president; Jerry Gunby, vice-president; Jean Gunby, secretary-treasurer; and Jim Pushor, vice-president. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 57.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0884
DeBolt Community Hall, Fall 1967
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
The new DeBolt Community Hall, nearing completion. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 57.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0885
Opening of the Centennial Hall, Fall 1967
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3 in.
(Left to right) Virginia DeBolt, Debbie Gunby (Miss DeBolt Country Club) cut the ribbon, held by Art Dievert, at the official opening of the Centennial Hall in DeBolt. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 58.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0886
Curling Trophy Presentation, 1966
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Charlie Moore presenting a trophy to Marvin Moore at the 1966 Curlers Ball for the square draw in DeBolt’s men’s league. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 60.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0887
DeBolt Sports Day, 1966
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
Spectators watching the races at the 1966 DeBolt Sports Day. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 67.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0888
DeBolt Sports Day, [ca. 1966]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
The 4H Horse Club at the DeBolt Sports Grounds. The photograph shows several riders on horseback. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 67.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0889
DeBolt Sports Day, 1967
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.75 in.
Bob Mehlum (left) and Ellis Turner (right) with a vintage poster advertising the 1941 DeBolt Stampede and Sports day. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 67.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0890
Queen Contest, 1966
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3 in.
The 1966 queen contest featuring Sharon Hillerud, Dianne Fester, and Josie Odenback. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 67.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0891
Queen Contest, 1967
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
1967 Sports Day queen candidates, left to right, Corrine Logan, Shirley Carter, Debbie Gunby, Linda Murphy, and Debby Pushor. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 67.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0892
Queen Contest, 1968
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.75 in.
1968 Sports Day queen candidates, left to right, Beanie Gunby, Judy Bickell, Linda Clegg, and Kathy Moody. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 67.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0893
Chuckwagon Racing, 1969
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.75 in.
A chuckwagon comes down the home stretch during a race at the 1969 DeBolt Sports Day. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 68.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0894
Chariot Race Spectators, 1969
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.75 in.
Crowds of people watch the chariot race at the 1969 DeBolt Sports Day. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 68.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0895
Sack Race, 1972
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.25 in.
Gordon Stevenson of DeBolt hops across the finish line in a sack race at the 1972 DeBolt Sports Day. He appears to have a horse following him. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 78.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0896
Stake Race Trophy Presentation, 1970
1 negatives; b & w; 3.5 x 2.75 in.
Stake race trophy presented by Curly and Gerald (not shown) Coogan to Sharon Newman on behalf of Gordon Newman. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 78.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0897
Miss DeBolt Country Club, [ca. 1972]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 1.75 in.
Miss DeBolt Country Club, Julie Peterson (centre), flanked by princesses Leisa Chapman (left), Irene Gerwatoski, Debby McLaughlin, and the 1971 queen, Sharon Jantz. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 78.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0898
Barrel Race, 1972
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 3.5 in.
A horse and rider barrel racing at DeBolt. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 78.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0899
Chuckwagon Trophy Presentation, 1970
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Arthur Matlock (left) presents John Nielson (right) with the chuckwagon trophy at the 1970 DeBolt Sports Day. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 80.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0900
DeBolt Sports Day Parade, 1977
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
The East Smoky Legion and Auxiliary in the 1977 DeBolt Sports Day parade. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 80.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0901
DeBolt Sports Day Queen, 1970
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
The 1969 DeBolt Sports Day queen, Darlene Jantz, with 1970 queen Tannis Parrot (left) and runners up Georgina Loewen and Beverly Lenes. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 80.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0902
DeBolt Sports Day Queen Candidate, 1972
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.75 in.
A 1972 DeBolt Sports Day queen candidate, Julie Peterson, driven in a horse-drawn buggy by Clay Matlock. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 80.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0903
DeBolt Sports Day Parade, 1977
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.75 in.
Riders on horseback from the 4H Horse Club participating in the 1977 DeBolt Sports Day Parade. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 80.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0904
DeBolt Sports Day Queen, 1973
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.75 in.
The 1973 DeBolt Sports Day queen Debbie Jantz (second from the left) and runners-up Colleen Tarrant, Heather Robertson, and Carrie Gaboury. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 80.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0905
DeBolt Sports Day, 1973
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Walter Gitzel helps a young rider up at the 1973 DeBolt Sports Day. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 81.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0906
DeBolt Sports Day Parade, 1974
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75 in.
Park Rangers on horseback in the 1974 DeBolt Sports Day parade. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 81.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0907
Chariot Race, 1973
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Chariot race at the 1973 DeBolt Sports Day. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 81.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0908
DeBolt Sports Day Parade, 1975
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.75 in.
A boy on a bicycle pulling a pig in a wagon in the 1975 DeBolt Sports Day parade. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 81.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0909
DeBolt Sports Day, 1975
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3 in.
A child is bucked off a calf at the 1975 DeBolt Sports Day. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 81.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0910
DeBolt Sports Day, 1975
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 3.5 in.
Sam Owen, on horseback, pulls a man along the ground as part of the cowhide race at the 1975 DeBolt Sports Day. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 81.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0911
DeBolt Sports Day, 1976
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3.5 in.
Holly Gunby, 1975 queen, cuts the tape to open the 1976 DeBolt Sports Day. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 82.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0912
Barrel Race, 1977
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 3.5 in.
A horse and rider barrel racing at the 1977 DeBolt Sports Day. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 82.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0913
DeBolt Queens, 1976
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
DeBolt queens Charlene Ford, Noreen Fitchett, and Susan Reimer. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 83.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0914
DeBolt Queens, 1976
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
A boy riding a calf at the 1976 DeBolt Sports Day has fun with the rodeo clown. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 83.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0915
Miss DeBolt Country Club Candidates, 1977
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Miss DeBolt Country Club candidates Barb Sutley, Kim Coney, Tammy Morrison, and Shelley Lanterman. Kim Coney won the title. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 83.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0916
DeBolt Curling Rink Fire, February 28, 1972
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.75 in.
DeBolt Curling Rink on fire. The rink burned to the ground. The DeBolt Hotel is visible in the foreground. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 87. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.561.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0917
DeBolt Curling Rink Fire, February 28, 1972
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
DeBolt Curling Rink on fire. The rink burned to the ground. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 87.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0918
Saving the Hall, February 28, 1972
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
Saving the DeBolt hall from the Curling Rink fire. Several men are assembled on the Hall’s roof and a tractor is working in the foreground to push the rubble away. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 87.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0919
The Last of the Old Rink, February 28, 1972
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.75 in.
The last part of the DeBolt curling rink as it burns. Several men working with shovels are visible in the foreground. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 87.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0920
Trees for New Rink, [ca. 1972]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
Cliff Loewen, Maurice Moore, and Joe in the bush getting trees for the new DeBolt Curling Rink. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 87.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0921
Building New Curling Rink, [ca. 1972]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
Volunteers Art Loewen, Willard Logan, and Bob hauling the logs to build a new curling rink. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 87. See also photograph 116.09.01.01.562.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0922
Building New Curling Rink, [ca. 1972]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
The crew, consisting of Don Charney, Bill, and Maurice Moore, working at the sawmill to build a new curling rink. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 87. See also photograph 116.09.01.01.563.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0923
Building New Curling Rink, [ca. 1972]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Willard Logan and Ed standing on top of a stack of sawn lumber to be used to build a new curling rink. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 88.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0924
Preparing for Fundraising Banquet, [ca. 1972]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Barbara Turner and Maurice Moore prepare tables for a banquet to fundraise for a new curling rink. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 88.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0925
DeBolt Curling Rink, Fall 1972
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3 in.
The new DeBolt Curling Rink being built by community effort. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 88.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0926
DeBolt Sports Day, 1978
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
A young calf rider hangs on for dear life at the DeBolt Sports Day. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 82.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0927
DeBolt Carnival Queen, 1975
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3 in.
The 1975 DeBolt Carnival Queen, Bernice Moore (left) with other contestants (left to right) Nola Tarrant, Lella Nelson, and Norene Fitchett. Debbie Grenier, 1974 Queen, stands behind them. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 93.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0928
First DeBolt Ice Carnival Queen, 1970
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Linda Pushor is crowned queen of the First Ice Carnival by Auxiliary Commander Mrs. White of Grande Prairie. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 93.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0929
Human Chuckwagon Race, 1971
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Human chuckwagon race on ice, likely at the DeBolt Ice Carnival. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 93.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0930
Cross Cut Saw Champions, [ca. 1970]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
John Doerkson and Ed Derker, champions of the cross cut at the log sawing competition with a time of 13 seconds, likely at the DeBolt Ice Carnival. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 93.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0931
DeBolt Ice Carnival, 1973
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.25 in.
Playing hockey, kids versus parents (mothers versus sons?), at the 1973 DeBolt Ice Carnival. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 95.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0932
DeBolt Ice Carnival, 1971
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
Competitors in the age 8 and under skate races at the 1971 DeBolt Ice Carnival. (Left to right) David Johnson, Dean Foley, Calvin Airth, Hughie Alexander, and Dwayne Foley. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 95.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0933
DeBolt Ice Carnival Queen, 1971
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
1971 DeBolt Ice Carnival Queen Kathy Welch (second from left) with runners-up Ann Giesbrecht and Lou Krause and Linda Pushor, the 1970 Queen (left). Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 95.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0934
DeBolt Ice Carnival, 1973
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
The 1973 DeBolt Ice Carnival being opened by 1972 Queen Terry Lynn Matlock (left) with 1973 contestants (left to right) Valerie Wolchyn, Debra Grenier, and Denice Eslinger. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 95.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0935
DeBolt Ice Carnival Parade, 1972
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2.5 in.
Part of the 1972 DeBolt Ice Carnival Parade showing the Northern Lites minor hockey team, curling teams, dogs, and horses. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 95.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0936
Ivan Morrison Signing DeBolt Country Club Register, [ca. 1975]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3.5 in.
Ivan Morrison, the first to sign the register at the DeBolt Country Club. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 99.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0937
First Golf Tournament, 1976
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.75 in.
Ladies participating in a golf tournament. Left to right: Fran Moore, Betty White, Josie Jacobson, and Rita Alexander. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 99.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0938
New Club House, Summer 1978
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 6 in.
A set of three negatives depicting the old and new DeBolt Country Club golf club houses from a July 19, 1978 newspaper. The top image shows the present club house, the former home of Tom Hubert who donated his home and property to the community. In front of the house are Jerry Gunby, president of the Country Club and Agricultural Society, and Bill Robertson, director. The middle image shows two men beside the partially completed new log club house. The bottom image is a sketch of the proposed new club house. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 102.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0939
Golf Tournament, 1976
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
Picking the prizes at the 1976 DeBolt Country Club. A group of spectators are seated beside a truck camper in the background. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 102.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0940
Ivan Morrison Golfing, [ca. 1975]
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
Ivan Morrison teeing off at the DeBolt Country Club Golf Course, perhaps during the Grand Opening Tournament. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 102.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0941
Grand Opening Tournament, 1975
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 3.25 in.
Spectators and golfers, including Ivan Morrison, at the Grand Opening Tournament at the DeBolt Country Club Golf Course. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 103.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0942
Baseball Game at the DeBolt Sports Day, 1980
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
John Hinks, umpire, and Barbara Sutley, back-catcher, during a baseball game at the 1980DeBolt Sports Day. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 106.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0943
Baseball Game, 1980
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Pitcher Bernice Moore (left) during a baseball game between DeBolt and the Cornwall J’s. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 107.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0944
Children’s Race, 1980
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
Kids competing in the children’s race at the 1980 DeBolt Sports Day. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 107.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0945
Curling Rink 50th Anniversary Bonspiel, March 1988
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.75 in.
Curlers (left to right) Art Boe, Ruth Patterson, Winnie Moore, and Charlie Moore in the 1988 50th Anniversary Bonspiel. All curled in DeBolt 50 years before, but not on the same team. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 108.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0946
Curling Rink 50th Anniversary Banquet, March 1988
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2 in.
Left to right, Art Boe, Charlie Moore, Pete Doerkson, and Harold Bowman at the banquet celebrating the 50th anniversary of the DeBolt curling rink. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 108.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0947
Curling Rink 50th Anniversary Banquet, March 1988
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 2 in.
Left to right, Mattie Bowman, Katherine Klassen, Leota Doerkson, and Winnie Moore, attendees at the banquet celebrating the 50th anniversary of the DeBolt curling rink. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 108.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0948
Curling Rink 50th Anniversary Banquet, March 1988
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.75 in.
Left to right, Rose Robertson, Ruth Patterson, Jim Matlock, Allan Dievert, and Debbie Dievert gathered around a scrapbook at the banquet celebrating the 50th anniversary of the DeBolt curling rink. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 108.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0949
Curling Rink 50th Anniversary Banquet, March 1988
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
Attendees at the banquet celebrating the 50th anniversary of the DeBolt curling rink. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 109.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0950
Curling Rink 50th Anniversary Banquet, March 1988
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
A group of old-time curlers at the banquet celebrating the 50th anniversary of the DeBolt curling rink. Back row, left to right: Pete Doerkson, Ruth Patterson, Winnie Moore, Donald Matlock, Bob Givens, Ellis Turner, Eddie Dierker, Bill Robertson, and Jim Matlock. Front row, left to right: Art Boe, Leota Doerkson, Norma Perkins, Katherine Klassen, Mattie Bowman, Harold Bowman, Barbara Turner, Gladys Morrison, and Charlie Moore. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 109.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0951
Curling Rink 50th Anniversary Bonspiel, March 1988
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Spectators at the 50th Anniversary Bonspiel. Back row, left to right: Beanie Chapman, Allan Dievert, Debbie Dievert, Ruth Sonnonberg, Ruby Matlock, and Leona Matlock. Front row, left to right: Ellis Turner and Cecil Moravec. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 109.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0952
Curling Rink 50th Anniversary Cake, March 1988
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
Allan Perkins, DeBolt Country Club President, and Mrs. Gladys Morrison, representing the pioneer curlers, cut the cake for the 50th anniversary of the DeBolt curling rink. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 109.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0953
DeBolt Library Opening, 1981
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.75 in.
Mary LeMessurier, provincial Minister of Culture, officially opens the DeBolt library. She is flanked by Mrs. Alice Dodd (left) and Mrs. Belle Swann (right). Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 111.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0954
DeBolt Library Opening, 1981
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Mary LeMessurier, provincial Minister of Culture at the official opening of the DeBolt library with librarians Norma Perkins (left) and Noreen Perkins (right). Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 111.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0955
Best Ball Winners, July 1, 1984
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
Janice Widdifield, Holly Flaherty, Dean Robertson, and Debbie Dievert, winners of the best ball gold tournament, held July 1, 1984 at the DeBolt Country Club Golf Course. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 113.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0956
DeBolt Country Club Board Members, [ca. 1967]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Board members of the DeBolt Country Club from April 1, 1965 to April 1, 1967. Back row, left to right: Ivan Morrison, Earl Peterson, Donald Matlock, Doug Groves, Leslie Airth, and Mansel Davis. Middle row, left to right: Barbara Turner, Shiela Peterson, Jean Pushor, Ruby Matlock, Jean Gunby, Isabel Lenes, and Alberta Knox. Front row, left to right: Marvin Moore, Jim Pushor, Art Dievert, Jerry Gunby, and John Nielsen. Some members of the board were absent when the photograph was taken. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 120.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0957
Lonny Moore Curling, 1979
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 4 in.
Lonny Moore, the 1979 Junior Men’s Champ, curling. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 122.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0958
High School Curling Provincials, Calgary, 1965
1 negative; b & w; 3.75 x 3.75 in.
(Left to right) Rick Pushor, Doug Stanvick, Marvin Moore (coach), Keith Froland, and Ken Babb at the 1965 High School Provincials in curling, held in Calgary. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 123.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0959
High School Curling Provincials, 1968
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3.5 in.
High school girls Debbie Pushor, Barb Ford, (front) Linda Murphy, and Debby Gunby going to the 1968 Provincials in curling. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 123.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0960
Curling Provincials, 1971
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Mixed team (left to right) Marvin Moore, Barbara Turner, Maurice Moore, and Fran Moore going to the 1971 Provincials. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 123.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0961
Winners of the Alberta Championship in Curling, 1973
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
Winners of the 1973 Alberta Championship in curling, held in Calgary. Left to right: Terry Lynn Matlock, Carrie Gaboury, Heather Robertson, and Della Robertson. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 123.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0962
Curling Provincials at Peace River, 1975
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 3.75 in.
(Left to right) Heather Moore, Carrie Gaboury, Cheryl Moore, and Janet Gaboury at the 1975 curling Provincials in Peace River. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 123.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0963
Curling Provincials at Pincher Creek, 1980
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
DeBolt Team at the 1980 Junior Men’s Provincial competition in curling. Left to right: Mike Student and Dennis Chrenyk (from Sexsmith), Glenn Moore and Lonny Moore. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 124.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0964
Curling Provincials at Beaverlodge, 1981
1 negative; b & w; 5 x 4.75 in.
Junior girls representing DeBolt at the Provincials in Beaverlodge: Bernice Moore, Alisa Burton, Wendy Coogan, and Shelley Morrison. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 124.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0965
Trophy Presentation for DeBolt Hotel Derby, [ca. 1970]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 3.5 in.
Jean Pushor presenting a trophy to David Dodd, winner of the DeBolt Hotel Derby. The Derby was run as part of the DeBolt Sports Day. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 66.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0966
DeBolt Ice Carnival, 1973
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.75 in.
Playing broomball, kids versus parents (fathers versus daughters?), at the 1973 DeBolt Ice Carnival. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 95.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0967
DeBolt Library Opening, 1981
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 2.25 in.
Improvement District 16 representative Chris Weiss with artist Alisa Burton and library Secretary/Treasurer Bev Baker at the official opening of the DeBolt library. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 111.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0968
Girl in Uniform, [ca. 1980]
2 negatives; colour; 35 mm
A girl in uniform outside a screen door. The provided caption identifies these photographs as Gertrude Dana of the DeBolt Post Office, but that seems unlikely.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0969-.0970
Mail Wagon Stuck in the Mud, 1941
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2.5 in.
(L to R) Walter Peterson, Jim Hughson, and Elmer Nystrom attempt to get the mail wagon out of the mud. A second tractor is visible in the foreground. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.443.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0971
Mail Wagon Stuck in the Mud, 1941
1 negative; b & w; 3 x 2.25 in.
A group of men attempt to get the mail wagon out of the mud. A second tractor has come to help. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.444.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0972
First Nations in Bridge Opening, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.5 in.
First Nations, some wearing regalia, lead the parade at the Smoky River Bridge opening. Several vehicles are visible in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0973
Last Ferry Run, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 2.75 x 2.25 in.
The last ferry run across the Smoky River on the day of the bridge’s opening. A large number of spectators are gathered on both sides of the river. The completed Smoky River Bridge is visible to the right. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 349. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.466.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0974
Smoky River Bridge Opening, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
The day of the Smoky River Bridge opening. A large crowd of spectators has assembled on the bridge. The photograph was taken from the ground looking up at the bridge. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.481.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0975
Smoky River Bridge Opening, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.5 in.
The Smoky River Bridge opening parade crosses over and under the bridge. The float in the foreground is a covered wagon with the words “Grande Prairie or Bust” written on the canvas cover. The photograph shows crowds of people lining the parade route. Used in “Bridges to the Past,” p. iii. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.484.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0976
Agricultural Society Certificate Presentation, [ca. 1970]
2 negatives; colour; 13 x 17 mm
Fran Moore presenting Allan with an Agricultural Society certificate.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0977-.0978
Agricultural Society Certificate Presentation, [ca. 1970]
1 negative; colour; 13 x 17 mm
The audience at the event where Fran Moore presented Allan with an Agricultural Society certificate.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0979
DeBolt Curling Rink, [ca. 1972]
2 negatives; colour; 13 x 17 mm
Exterior views of the arch-rib DeBolt curling rink, built in 1972.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0980-.0981
Ladies Golf, [ca. 1978]
4 negatives; colour; 13 x 17 mm
Ladies playing golf at the DeBolt Country Club Golf Course.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0982-.0985
Ladies Golf, [ca. 1978]
10 negatives; colour; 13 x 17 mm
Ladies at the DeBolt Country Club Golf Course club house, including some trophy and award presentations.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0986-.0995
Quilting, 2006
2 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Ladies at work on a quilt at the DeBolt and District Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0996-.0997
DeBolt and District Museum Displays, 2006
3 negatives; colour; 35 mm
The rock and fossil display at the DeBolt and District Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.0998-.1000
DeBolt and District Museum Displays, 2006
11 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Displays of tools and equipment at the DeBolt and District Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1001-.1011
DeBolt and District Museum Displays, 2006
2 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Displays of typewriters and office equipment at the DeBolt and District Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1012, .1014
DeBolt and District Museum Displays, 2006
3 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Displays of textiles, sewing, and laundry equipment at the DeBolt and District Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1013, .1015-.1016
Quilt, 2006
2 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Two views of a partially finished quilt being sewn at the DeBolt and District Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1017-.1018
Deer in a Field, [ca. 2000]
2 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Deer grazing in a field.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1019-.1020
Quilt, [ca. 2000]
2 negatives; colour; 35 mm
A couple standing beside a finished quilt. They are possibly the winners of a quilt raffle.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1021-.1022
Heritage Festival and Fair Parade, [ca. 2000]
15 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Views of various horses, vehicles, and floats in the DeBolt Heritage Festival and Fair Parade including Moms and Munchkins, East Smoky Recreation Board, Clarkson Valley, and Mountain Springs Regional College.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1023-.1036
Heritage Festival and Fair Parade, [ca. 2000]
3 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Groups of spectators and attendees at the DeBolt Heritage Festival and Fair Parade.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1037-.1039
Fashion Show, [ca. 2000]
15 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Various individuals, couples, and groups of people dressed up in old-fashioned costumes and posed in front of a piano.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1040-.1054
DeBolt Sports Day, 1926
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 4 in.
A group of men at a camp at the 1926 DeBolt Sports Day. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 9.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1055
DeBolt Sports Day, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
First Nations men from Sturgeon Lake playing the “Stick Game”, entertainment at the DeBolt Sports Day. A large group of spectators is visible in the background. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 29.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1056
First Cabin in DeBolt, [ca. 1921]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
Left to right, Virginia DeBolt, Gordon Willard, and Pete Whalen and two teams of horses in front of the DeBolts’ cabin, the first cabin in DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 26.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1057
Morrison-Sargent Bus, [ca. 1945]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 1.75 in.
The Sargent-Morrison bus parked outside of Morrison’s General Store. This was the first bus in the Peace Country. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.439.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1058
Lena Rieger, 1941
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 3.5 in.
Lena Rieger, cook at Dascalo’s Mill, standing in the doorway of a building. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 261 and in “Bridges to the Past,” p. 485.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1059
First East Smoky School, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
An exterior view of the first East Smoky School building. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 295.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1060
Cornwall School Children, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
Several children studying outside of Cornwall School. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 301.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1061
Dedication Day at DeBolt United Church, July 25, 1932
1 negative; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Dedication Day at DeBolt United Church. Moderator Dr. Oliver and student minister Johann Overbo were both present. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 306. See also photographs 116.09.01.02.238-.239.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1062
Threshing at Mehlums, 1927
1 negative; b & w; 7.25 x 3.25 in.
Threshing at the Mehlum farm in 1927. (L to R) Jerome Norton, E. DeBolt, and Alex Robideau sit on the steam engine while Ed Mehlum, John Mehlum, and O. Neilsen work on the stacks. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 329. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.294.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1063
DeBolt Sports Day, 1929
1 negative; b & w; 3 x 2 in.
A crowd of spectators gathered at the 1929 DeBolt Sports Day. Parked cars are visible in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1064
DeBolt Sports Day, [ca. 1930]
1 negative; b & w; 2.75 x 2 in.
A cowboy and two clowns at the DeBolt Sports Day.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1065
Smoky River Bridge Opening, August 1949
1 negative; b & w; 4.5 x 2.5 in.
A close-up view of the Anglican Church float in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade. The float features a model log church on a wagon pulled by the Anglican Church Athabasca Diocese Sunday School Mission van. Parked cars and spectators are visible in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1066
Unidentified Man, [ca. 1940]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25
An unidentified man, likely at a camp in the bush.
Location: 0116.09.01.01.1067
116.09.01.02General Files – Photographs [ca. 1905]-2006 The file consists of a set of photographs primarily collected for use in DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Society publications including “Across the Smoky”, “Bridges to the Past”, and the “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”. Additional photographs of the Museum and the Ladies Auxiliary to the East Smoky Legion #89, whose building was donated to the Museum, are also included. The photographs were originally arranged topically (Persons, Business, Children, Churches, Farming, DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum, Mehlum Collection, Edson Trail, Smoky Bridge, Transportation, Schools, DeBolt Country Club, Social – Special Events) with each photograph numbered individually, but not arranged in number order. The original order has been retained by the Archivist and no images have been discarded. Several of the photographs have also had negatives made of them, which are maintained in the “General Files – Negatives” file under different numbers.
 
In the Yard, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3 in.
Two men, the tall one possibly Wilbur Airth, with a dog in a farmstead yard.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.001
Plowing with Four Horses, [ca. 1910]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
Jack Andrew plowing with four horses somewhere in southern Alberta (likely near Coutts, where he homesteaded before coming to the Peace Country).
Location: 0116.09.01.02.002
Jack Andrew and Ferrell Young, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 2.5 in.
Jack Andrew and Ferill Young? (Bill Ferrell) at a Sturgeon Lake cabin.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.003
Burning Brush Piles, [ca. 1962]
1 photograph; colour; 3 x 3 in.
Bill Anderson and family burning brush piles.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.004
Breaking Land, [ca. 1962]
1 photograph; colour; 3 x 5 in.
Eric Anderson, John Deere Tractor breaking land. Used in “Bridges to the Past,” p. 18.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.005
Crop, 1966
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
Jean and Roy Anderson standing in the 1966 crop. Used in “Bridges to the Past,” p. 18.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.006
Combining, [ca. 1965]
1 photograph; colour; 3 x 4.5 in.
The Andersons combining: Jean on the cat and Bill and son Roy unloading grain. Used in “Bridges to the Past,” p. 18.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.007
Stella Becker, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Stella Becker, schoolteacher, outside the Hudson’s Bay Company at Sturgeon Lake.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.008
Mr. Belford and Bessy Woods, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 4 in.
Mr. Belford and Bessy Woods standing on a bridge.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.009
Tom and Betty Belford Wedding, 1948
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 5.5 in.
Tom and Betty Belford’s wedding. Left to right: Ethel Bayley, Betty (Bayley) Belford, Tom Belford, and Ort Belford.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.010
Tom and Betty Belford Wedding, 1948
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 5.5 in.
Bride Betty Belford (nee Bayley) outside the church.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.011
Gus Berg, [ca. 1970]
1 photograph; colour; 2.75 x 3.75 in.
A Polaroid photograph of Gus Berg in his senior years at DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.012
Roy and Noreen Bickell Wedding, August 14, 1951
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5.25 in.
Wedding photograph showing bride Noreen Coogan, groom Roy Bickell, and their attendants.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.013
Boe Family, December 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
The Boe family, including Lorraine, Opal, Edna, Cora, and Elmer (Alice, Eleanor, and Gust are missing).
Location: 0116.09.01.02.014
Sophie Boe and Edith Riding, 1970
1 photograph; colour; 3 x 3 in.
Sophie Boe and Edith Riding at the 1970 Auxiliary Christmas party.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.015
Harold and Mattie Bowman, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
Harold and Mattie Bowman celebrating their 60th wedding anniversary.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.016
Mattie, Marlene, and Wayne Bowman, [ca. 1945]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
Mattie Bowman with her children Marlene and Wayne.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.017
Clayton and Tillie Calberry, March 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
A candid photograph of Clayton (Slim) and his wife Tillie.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.018
Bob Cochrane at Floyd Totten’s House, [ca. 1910]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3 in.
Bob Cochrane and another man struggle with a horse at Floyd Totten’s house.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.019
Jean and Ruth Cochrane, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
Jean and Ruth Cochrane outside a cabin with a sod roof.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.020
Charlie Coulter, [ca. 2000]
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 5 in.
Charlie Coulter at the DeBolt Heritage Day.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.021
Fred Darnton, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
Fred Darnton sits with a small boy on a front step, possibly of a store.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.022
Fred Darnton, [ca. 1975]
1 photograph; colour; 3 x 3 in.
A candid Polaroid photograph of Fred Darnton sitting in a log house.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.023
Lindsays with Eagle, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3 in.
Jimmy, Laurette, Doucette, and Isabella Lindsay with an eagle. The eagle’s wingspan measured 6 feet, 7 inches.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.024
Stan and Bill Dodd Combining, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Stan and Bill Dodd combining with grain feeding into a wagon box.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.025
DeBolt Children, 1923
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in
Winnifred and Dale DeBolt in 1923, dressed in winter clothes. The note on the back of the photograph states: “We had just went with Aunt Virgie to see the new school house.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.026
DeBolts, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
George and H. Elbert DeBolt with their wives Laura May (nee Bickell) and Virginia stand beside a car. A third, unidentified, man is also present.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.027
Elbert DeBolt Family, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
Elbert and Laura DeBolt with their children Winnifred, Dorothy, Dale, and Jack.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.028
DeBolt Family, August 1939
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4 in.
Elbert and Laura DeBolt with their daughter Winnie and her husband Charlie Moore. In front are Elbert’s mother (Martha DeBolt) holding great-grandson Marvin Moore and Laura’s father (Richard Bickell) holding great-grandson Maurice Moore.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.029
Elbert DeBolt and Horse, 1922
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 7 in.
Elbert DeBolt and his race horse, Topsy, at the 1922 picnic. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 331. See also negative 116.09.02.01.609.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.030
Virginia DeBolt, [ca. 1949]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Virginia DeBolt standing in front of her cabin, the first log cabin in DeBolt, built in January 1920. This first cabin was also an early stopping place.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.031
Elbert DeBolt, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 1.75 x 3.5 in.
Elbert DeBolt. Half of a photograph (with 116.09.02.02.33) showing Elbert and Virginia DeBolt standing on a pile of logs with a log roller. The photograph was taken at Sam Turner’s. Elbert DeBolt operated the first post office in DeBolt from 1923 to 1927. Photograph used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 324. See also negative 116.09.01.01.438.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.032
Virginia DeBolt, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 1.75 x 3.5 in.
Virginia DeBolt. Half of a photograph (with 116.09.02.02.32) showing Elbert and Virginia Debolt standing on a pile of logs with a log roller. The photograph was taken at Sam Turner’s. Virginia was the DeBolt correspondent to the Grande Prairie paper for many years. Photograph used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 324. See also negative 116.09.01.01.438.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.033
Virginia DeBolt Climbing a Forestry Tower, [ca. 1958]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
Virginia DeBolt climbing the Economy Lake fire lookout tower at around 75 years of age (about 1958 or 1959).
Location: 0116.09.01.02.034
George DeBolt on Road Work, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
George DeBolt in the bush on roadwork with two horses.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.035
Hauling Lumber, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 1.5 x 2.5 in.
Elbert DeBolt (or possibly George), holding Johnny and Puss, and Ed Mehlum, leaning on the load of lumber, as they haul lumber on George’s homestead.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.036
H. Elbert DeBolt Home, October 1957
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
The new H. Elbert DeBolt home, photographed in October 1957 with 4 feet of snow on the ground. The first DeBolt home was constructed of logs.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.037
Elbert and Laura DeBolt and Marvin Moore, 1941
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
H. Elbert and Laura DeBolt with their grandson Marvin Moore.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.038
Elbert and Laura DeBolt, [ca. 1945]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 4.75 in.
A portrait of H. Elbert and Laura DeBolt. Elbert was the provincial MLA for Spirit River from 1940 to 1952.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.039
Clowns for Early DeBolt Stampedes, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 7 in.
Stella Becker, George DeBolt, and Virginia DeBolt, clowns for early DeBolt Stampedes.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.040
George and Virginia DeBolt Home, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
“Home of Virginia and George DeBolt before it was stuccoed. The logs were a tongue and groove construction. Built by Halvor Holt in 1933.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.041
George DeBolt Barn, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4 in.
George DeBolt’s barn, the first big barn at DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.042
George DeBolt’s First House, 1920
1 photograph; b & w; 1.5 x 2.5 in.
George DeBolt, Elbert DeBolt, and Ed Mehlum in front of George’s first house.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.043
Cora Benedick and Virginia DeBolt, 1930
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 4 in.
Cora Benedick, DeBolt teacher, and Virginia DeBolt standing beside a body of water. Cora is holding an animal. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 292. See also negative 116.09.01.01.06.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.044
George and Virginia DeBolt, [ca. 1957]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
George and Virginia DeBolt in their senior years. The DeBolts were childless.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.045
George and Virginia DeBolt, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
George and Virginia DeBolt at Moses Lake.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.046
Dorothy DeBolt, [ca. 1936]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
Dorothy DeBolt with her brother Dale’s dog, Buck.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.047
Laura and Georgia DeBolt, 1931
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
Mother Laura May DeBolt (nee Bickell) holding 6 month-old Georgia Virginia DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.048
H. E. DeBolt’s Granary, 1987
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
H. Elbert DeBolt’s granary found at Airth’s farm during the 1987 Old Building photograph project. See also negative 116.09.02.0164 (print may have been reversed).
Location: 0116.09.01.02.049
John Gallagher, [ca. 1962]
1 photograph; b & w; 1.75 x 3 in.
John Gallagher standing outside a door. He lived in the hamlet of DeBolt for many years and was sometimes known as “the mayor of DeBolt.” Half of a photograph originally including Bill Leonard (see 116.09.01.02.71). Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 93. See also negative 0116.09.01.67.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.050
Gitzel Family Returning, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
A reproduction of a photograph, printed on paper, showing the return of the Gitzel family to the Peace Country. Two trucks and a few family members are shown on a muddy road.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.051
Gitzels, Mac McLarty, and Neil Curry, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 2.5 in.
Emma and Otto Gitzel, Mac McLarty, and Neil Curry pose in front of a decorated Christmas tree.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.052
Georgina and Elizabeth Given, 1931
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 3.25 in.
Georgina and her mother, Mrs. Elizabeth Given, at William’s cabins, Sturgeon Lake.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.053
Wedding of Bob and Florence Given, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Bob Given and Florence Gitzel photographed at their wedding with their attendants.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.054
Georgina Given’s Wedding, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3 in.
Georgina Given photographed at her wedding with her groom and attendants.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.055
Elizabeth Given, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 5 in.
Elizabeth Given at church. Her daughter Georgina is visible behind her.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.056
Annie Glaubitz and Grandchildren, [ca. 1977]
1 photograph; colour; 3 x 3.25 in.
Annie Glaubitz with her son Bill’s children, whom she raised.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.057
Jack and Leah Grant, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Jack (John Parke) and Leah Grant. Jack was post master of DeBolt from 1940 to 1955.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.058
Grant House, [ca. 1987]
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
The Grant house. The house sat west of DeBolt empty for many, many years. It is now gone. The photograph was taken as part of the 1987 Old Building photograph project. See also negative 116.09.02.035.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.059
Snooks and Betty Groves, [ca. 1934]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.75 in.
Gerald “Snooks” and Betty Groves, having just completed 600 miles from near Grande Prairie to Champion. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 216. See also negative 116.09.01.01.82
Location: 0116.09.01.02.060
Joe Hayes, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4.25 in.
Joe Hayes on horseback.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.061
Tom Hubert, 1934
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Tom Hubert playing his accordion in Jasper Park. Tom was a bachelor who left his estate to the community. Consequently, he has a park in DeBolt named after him. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 272. See also negative 116.09.01.01.94.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.062
Tom Hubert, May 1941
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
Tom Hubert and several other men on the Skeena River hauling supplies to build an airport in Fort Nelson, British Columbia.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.063
Tom Hubert, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5.25 in.
Tom Hubert at the Airths’.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.064
Tom Hubert, [ca. 1965]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.5 in.
A portrait of Tom Hubert. Tom was a bachelor who left his estate to the community. Consequently, he has a park in DeBolt named after him.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.065
Jim Hughson and Grandchildren Put Up Ice, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
Jim Hughson and his grandchildren Patricia Hughson and Owen Moore putting up ice for summer use. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 318. See also negative 116.09.01.01.402.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.066
Peter Jantz Family, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 4 in.
Peter Jantz family celebrating Peter and Katherine Jantz’ 50th wedding anniversary. Children include Martha Jobson (front left), Matilda Macklin, Kathleen Gillies, Anna Purves, Ella Duncan, Mary, Sam, and Mable Gunter. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 256. See also negative 116.09.01.01.101.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.067
Bud and Myrtle LaCroix’s Wedding, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Photograph taken at Bud LaCroix and Myrtle Scott’s wedding showing the bride and groom with attendants Bob and Mary Currie.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.068
Myrtle LaCroix and Son, 1989
1 photograph; colour; 3.25 x 3.5 in.
Myrtle LaCroix (nee Scott) and her son in Salvation Army uniforms.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.069
Hauling Logs, 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
Delmar Lenes hauling logs. Delmar’s young son Robert Lenes is visible in the truck window.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.070
Bill Leonard, [ca. 1962]
1 photograph; b & w; 1.25 x 3 in.
Bill Leonard standing in front of a doorway. Half of a photograph originally including John Gallagher (see 116.09.01.02.50). Used in “Across the Smoky,” p, 52. See also negative 116.09.01.01.113.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.071
Jim Lindsey, March 1943
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
Jim Lindsey with his horse Sox.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.072
Lindsey Children, February 1941
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
“Jimmy and Isabella Lindsey at the house door. Isabella drives the calf and Jimmy drives the dog.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.073
Lindsay Family and Friends, April 19, 1942
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3.25 in.
Lindsay family and friends gathered outside a log building, including Mr. Owen (“our new minister”), neighbour Reg Crowe, Alice Munro, Isabella Lindsay, Jim Lindsay, Hughie Lindsay, Florence M., Mrs. Munro, and Willie Munro.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.074
Margaret Lindsay, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3.25 in.
Margaret Lindsay, mother of Isabella, Jim, and Wanda, standing by a log building.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.075
Loewen Family, January 1, 1951
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
The Loewen family (Crooked Creek) at Bickell’s Mill on New Year’s Day. Big Slim (Fred Kowalik), Jean and Jim Quickfall, Marion and Margaret Loewen, Frank Quickfall, Kennie and Fred Loewen, and the Loewen children. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 224. See also negative 116.09.01.01.120.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.076
Loewen Family, [ca. 1962]
1 photograph; colour; 5 x 7 in.
The Loewen Family: brothers Ray, Art, Cliff, and Bill and sisters Ruby, Alice, and Rose at a family gathering about 1962. Used in “Bridges to the Past”, p. 205.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.077
Fred Loewen, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4 in.
Fred Loewen, in uniform outside a log building. Fred was a lone bachelor, unrelated to the Loewen family of Crooked Creek.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.078
Jim and Margaret Lowrey, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.75 x 3.75 in.
Jim and Margaret Lowrey walking down a sidewalk in Vancouver, British Columbia.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.079
Harold and MaryLou Matlock’s Wedding, 1952
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 5.75 in.
MaryLou signing the register at Harold Matlock and MaryLou Gunby’s wedding.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.080
Albert Matlock Family, 1959
1 photograph; colour; 3 x 3 in.
The Albert Matlock family: mother Belle (front), Barb Turner, Eula Miller, Donald, Dean, and Howard Matlock.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.081
Matlock Family, [ca. 1945]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Men of the Matlock family. Albert Matlock is seated in front of the group.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.082
Teacher Belle Matlock, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
Teacher Belle Matlock outside of Starline School. Belle taught at many schools, some in the DeBolt area.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.083
Teacher Belle Matlock, [ca. 1957]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
Teacher Belle Matlock at Harper Creek, east of DeBolt, where she taught.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.084
Belle Matlock’s First School, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 2.75 x 5 in.
A group of students assembled outside of Belle Matlock’s first school in southern Alberta.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.085
Barbara Matlock, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Barbara Matlock (later Turner), on the left, with another young lady in a snowy field.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.086
Barbara Matlock, Ort Belford, and Bessy Woods, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 5.5 in.
Barbara Matlock (left), Ort Belford, and Bessy Woods outside a wood building.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.087
Belle and Eula Matlock, January 1, [ca. 1942]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
Belle Matlock and her daughter Eula standing beside a horse and buggy. According to the caption on the back of the photograph, it was taken “New Year’s Day just before we went to Turner’s for dinner.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.088
Eva Matlock, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
Eva Matlock (Clyde’s family). Her Uncle Albert Matlock is barely visible on the far right of the photograph.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.089
Matlock Girls, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4.25 in.
The Matlock girls (Clyde Matlock family), Winnifred, Isora, and Mable, in front of the grandma’s house.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.090
Winnifred and J. P. Matlock, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3.25 in.
J. P. Matlock and his granddaughter Winnifred (age 14) and a dog.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.091
Winnifred and J. P. Matlock, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4.25 in.
J. P. Matlock holding his first granddaughter, Winnifred.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.092
Winnifred Matlock, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3.25 in.
Winnifred Matlock riding Balee, a horse. A sled, barn, and other outbuildings are visible in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.093
Winnifred Matlock, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4 in.
Winnifred Matlock with her brother Preston’s two dogs.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.094
Preston Matlock, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
Preston Matlock and a friend during WWII.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.095
Preston Matlock on a Tractor, 1965
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
Preston Matlock working on a tractor on his homestead.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.096
Preston and Iva Matlock, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4.25 in.
Preston and Iva Matlock on horse (Fly) by a haystack, possibly at Champion, Alberta.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.097
Wade Matlock Building, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
Wade Matlock building his first cabin, standing on the roof. Image is reversed. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 324. See also negative 116.09.01.01.452.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.098
Jim and Leona Matlock Family, [ca. 1997]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 3.5 in.
The Jim and Leona Matlock Family: Shelley, Patricia, Leona, Stacy (daughter of Janice), Janice, Carol (daughter-in-law), Barry, Jim, Dennis (son of Janice), and Riley (son of Dennis).
Location: 0116.09.01.02.099
D. D. McArthur Homestead, July 1921
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3 in.
View of D. D. McArthur homestead taken from out on the Lake. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 17. See also negative 116.09.01.01.373.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.100
Mr. and Mrs. D. D. McArthur, 1910
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
Studio portrait of Mr. and Mrs. D. D. McArthur, likely in Vancouver. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 17. See also negative 116.09.01.01.131.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.101
Malcolm and Velva McArthur 60th Anniversary, [ca. 1996]
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 8 in.
60th wedding anniversary of Malcolm and Velva McArthur showing Malcolm and Velva with their children, Ricky, Iris, Terry, and Wayne.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.102
Alexander Hugh McQuarrie, 1942
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 6 in.
Portrait of Alexander Hugh McQuarrie, engineer on the Edson Trail. See also negative 116.09.01.01.761.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.103
Margaret McQuarrie, December 1943
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 6 in.
Portrait of Margaret, wife of Alexander Hugh McQuarrie, the engineer on the Edson Trail. See also negative 116.09.01.01.763.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.104
A. H. and Allan Jr. McQuarrie, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.75 in.
A. H. McQuarrie and his son Allan, sitting on a front porch. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 237. See also negative 116.09.01.01.864.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.105
Allan F. McQuarrie and A. MacRae McQuarrie, May 1971
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
A photograph of Allan F. McQuarrie and A. MacRae McQuarrie taken in Rochester, New York.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.106
Allan F. McQuarrie, [ca. 1970]
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
A portrait of Allan F. McQuarrie taken in Victoria, British Columbia.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.107
A. M. (Mac) McQuarrie, 1985
1 photograph; colour; 2.75 x 3.5 in.
A photograph of A. M. (Mac) McQuarrie, taken in Mission, Texas.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.108
M. E. Hanna, 1984
1 photograph; colour; 3.25 x 4.25 in.
A portrait of M. E. Hanna (nee Betty McQuarrie), taken in Victoria, British Columbia.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.109
Robert Mehlum’s Birthday, 1926
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 5.5 in.
A group of boys and girls, including Robert Mehlum, and Winnie, Dorothy, and Dale (DeBolt?), gathered on a creek bank, in celebration of Robert’s birthday. Robert was the son of Evald (Ed) and Pernille (Pearl) Mehlum.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.110
Robert Mehlum’s Birthday, 1926
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 5.5 in.
A group of boys and girls, including Robert Mehlum, and Winnie, Dorothy, and Dale (DeBolt?), gathered on a creek bank, in celebration of Robert’s birthday. Robert was the son of Evald (Ed) and Pernille (Pearl) Mehlum.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.111
Mehlums and Visitors, 1926
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Mehlums and visitors (neighbours) at Mehlums’ wood yard. L-R: George DeBolt, Ernie Clarke, A. Singstad, John Mehlum, Evald (Ed) Mehlum, Frances DeBolt, Clifford DeBolt, Laura DeBolt, and Pernille (Pearl) Mehlum.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.112
Duck Sanctuary, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; colour; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Wild ducks on DeBolt Creek at the E. Mehlum farm. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 210. See also negative 116.09.01.01.513.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.113
Miss Becker and Robert, 1928
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Robert Mehlum and his teacher Stella Becker.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.114
Mehlum Post Card, [ca. 1925]
1 postcard; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Stooks, horses, and a hayrack of bundles. Part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.115
Mehlum Post Card, [ca. 1925]
1 postcard; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Dorothy (DeBolt?), Robert (Mehlum?), and Jack (DeBolt?) in the garden. Part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.116
Mehlum Post Card, [ca. 1925]
1 postcard; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Stooks in a field. Part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.” Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 328. See also negative 116.09.01.01.350.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.117
Mehlum Post Card, [ca. 1925]
1 postcard; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Cutting a crop with white horses and a binder. Part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.118
Mehlum Post Card, [ca. 1925]
1 postcard; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Loading bundles on a hayrack. Part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.119
Mehlum Post Card, [ca. 1925]
1 postcard; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Cutting crop with white horses. Part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.120
Mehlum Post Card, [ca. 1925]
1 postcard; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Four horses on a binder. Part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.121
Mehlum Post Card, [ca. 1925]
1 postcard; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Two white horses on a mower. Part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.122
Mehlum Post Card, 1926
1 postcard; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Robert Mehlum’s birthday party at the dam. Other attendees include Winnie, Dorothy, and Dale (DeBolt?). Duplicate of image 0116.09.01.02.110. Part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.123
Mehlum Post Card, [ca. 1925]
1 postcard; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Field of stooks. Part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.124
Mehlum Post Card, [ca. 1925]
1 postcard; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Field of stooks with farm buildings visible in the background. Part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.125
Mehlum Post Card, [ca. 1925]
1 postcard; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
A farm yard with horses and cattle. Part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.126
Mehlum Post Card, [ca. 1925]
1 postcard; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Stooks in a field, behind a fence. Part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.127
Mehlum Post Card, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Robert Mehlum in the garden. Part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.128
Mehlum Post Card, [ca. 1925]
1 postcard; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Ed Mehlum inspecting the crop. Part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.129
Flora Mehlum, [ca. 1975]
1 photograph; colour; 2.75 x 3.5 in.
Flora Mehlum, Robert’s wife, possibly dressed in costume.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.130
Mehlum Post Card, [ca. 1925]
1 postcard; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Robert Mehlum with the dogs outside of the house that was the first cabin on the homestead. Part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.” Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 31. See also negative 116.09.01.01.453.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.131
Mehlum Post Card, 1922
1 postcard; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Pernille and Robert Mehlum feeding calves. Part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.” Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 31. See also negative 116.09.01.01.334.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.132
Mehlum Post Card, [ca. 1925]
1 postcard; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Robert Mehlum with First Nations boys and a dog. Part of a set of postcards. The printed caption reads” A few scenes from the fertile DeBolt Dist. near Grand Prairie, Alberta. Here the soil yields abundantly and the climate the finest in the Northwest.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.133
Art Tomlin and the Moodys, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5 in.
(L-R) Art Tomlin, Harriet Moody, and Bill Moody outside of a wood home.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.134
Maurice and Marvin Moore, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 4.75 in.
Maurice and Marvin Moore on a wagon box. These are Charlie and Winnie (nee DeBolt) Moore’s sons. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 316. See also negative 116.09.01.01.298.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.135
First Clover Crop, 1940
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.75 in.
Charlie Moore with young sons Maurice and Marvin in a clover field. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 118. See also negative 116.09.01.01.144.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.136
Charlie and Winnie Moore Family, [ca. 1964]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.75 in.
Three generations of the Charlie and Winnie Moore Family (6 children and 5 grandchildren). Back: Vernon, Elaine, Lynda, Norman, Frances, and Brian. Centre: Maurice holding Glenn, Winnie, Charlie, and Marvin holding Bernice. Front: Cheryl, Kerry, and Lonny.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.137
Charlie and Winnie Moore Family, 1957
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
The Charlie and Winnie Moore Family. Back: Marvin, Maurice, and Winnie. Middle: Norman, Charlie holding Brian, Grandma Laura DeBolt, and Lynda. Front: Vernon.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.138
Harper Creek Homestead, 1936
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 4.75 in.
Winnie and Maurice Moore at the Moores’ first home on homestead on the Harper Creek road. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 117. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.149.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.139
Maurice Moore, 1938
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Two-year old Maurice Moore at the DeBolt post office, built in 1934.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.140
Fran Moore, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 5 in.
Frances A. (Mrs. Marvin) Moore. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. vi. See also negative 116.09.01.01.762.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.141
Marvin Moore, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 6.5 in.
Marvin E. Moore, MLA for the constituency of Smoky River 1971-1989.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.142
Dorothy Moore, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3.25 in.
Dorothy “Bunty” Moore, the daughter of Tom and Ruth, playing with a snuff box. Dorothy later married Murray Kehr.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.143
Charlie and Winnie Moore and Laura DeBolt, November 11, 1968
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
Candid photograph of Charlie and Winnie Moore and Laura DeBolt at a dinner party.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.144
Journey’s End, July 1, 1937
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4.75 in.
Arriving in Fairview after a six week trip from Fairholme, Saskatchewan by wagon train. (L-R) Wilfred Murphy, Adreine Emil, Margaret Murphy, Tillie Nault, Bill Daniels, Jim Owens, and Gwen Tavender. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 270. See also negative 116.09.01.01.374.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.145
Wolf Hides, 1944
1 photograph; b & w; 2.75 x 4.5 in.
Log cabin with stretched wolf hides. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 271. See also negative 116.09.01.01.386.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.146
Nowrys, Virginia DeBolt, and Ellis Turner, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
(L-R) Muriel Nowry, Virginia DeBolt, Ellis Turner, Annie Nowry, and Dorothy Nowry. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 54. See also negative 116.09.01.01.161.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.147
Dr. Neilson and Fred Surtees, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5.25 in.
Dr. (Doc) Neilson and Fred Surtees on a sled in winter, outside a log home covered in icicles due to a lack of insulation.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.148
Gladys and Gregg Nielson, 1974
1 photograph; colour; 1.75 x 1.75 in.
Gladys Nielson (Mrs. John, nee Renspie) with her son Gregg, at Expo ’74 in Spokane, Washington.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.149
Joe Newman on Tractor, October 1927
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Joe Newman on a steel-wheeled tractor, one of the first tractors in the district. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 9. See also negative 116.09.01.01.407.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.150
Joe Newman with Model T, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 5.75 in.
Joe Newman beside his Model T. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 9.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.151
Joe Newman in a City Street, 1943
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 3.25 in.
Joe Newman on the sidewalk of an unidentified city.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.152
Joe Newman with Boiler, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Joe Newman working with a steam boiler in connection with the railroad. Newman was a fireman on the N.A.R.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.153
Rose and Vern Sederstrom, 1954
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
Rose Nickolaus and her future husband Vern Sederstrom. Used in “Bridges to the Past”, p. 206.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.154
Nickolaus and Loewen Families, 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
(L-R) Jenifer Nickolaus, Rose Nickolaus, Patricia Nickolaus, Larry Loewen, Marilyn Loewen, Art Loewen, and Sheila Nickolaus. Rose and Art are siblings. Used in “Bridges to the Past”, p. 206.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.155
Dwight Berg and Nickolaus and Chapman Children, 1951
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.5 in.
(L-R) Jenifer Nickolaus, Patricia Nickolaus, Cherrith Chapman, Roxanne Chapman, Calvin Chapman, Dwight Berg and Jasper Chapman. Used in “Bridges to the Past”, p. 206.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.156
James Platt at Goodwin’s First Post Office, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 3.25 in.
The first post office in Goodwin with James Platt standing in the doorway. The first postmistress, Mrs. Violet Jordan later became Mrs. Platt. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 286. See also negative 116.09.01.02.271.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.157
The Platts’ First Home, 1927
1 photograph; b & w; 7.25 x 4.25 in.
The first home of James and Violet Platt. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 15. See also negative 116.09.01.01.457.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.158
Alvina Peterson, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.75 x 3.5 in.
Alvina (Mrs. Carl T.) Peterson in the garden by her home in DeBolt. Alvina was the mother of Walter, Ottie, Bernice, Raymond, Earl, Anita, Carl, Elizabeth, and Raymond.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.159
Allan Perkins and Gordie Newman, [ca. 1995]
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
Allan Perkins and Gordie Newman watching parade. Allan is the son of Reg and Norma Perkins and grandson of Bill and Susan Perkins. He was the Chairman of the DeBolt and District Agricultural Society for many years. Gordie Newman is the son of Melford and Hazel Newman from Goodwin.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.160
Bill and Susan Perkins’ Anniversary, 1966
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
An anniversary celebration for Bill and Susan Perkins, possibly their 50th.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.161
Alphonse Plante Outfit, January 1938
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.75 in.
Alphonse Plante outfit (a horse-drawn sleigh with a tent on it) arriving in the country. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 250.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.162
Ratzlaff Brothers, November 6, 1970
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
The Ratzlaff brothers: Jake, Ike, Frank, David, and Abe.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.163
Gladys Renspie and a Plane, 1947
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Gladys Renspie and a plane that landed in the Belfords’ field in the summer of 1947.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.164
Gladys Renspie, [ca. 1945]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
Gladys Renspie posed beside a car and truck.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.165
Lunch during Threshing, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3.25 in.
Edna Stevenson serving afternoon lunch to Ed Renspie during threshing at Frank T. Stevenson’s.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.166
John and Edith Riding, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
John and Edith Riding standing in a garden.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.167
John and Edith Riding, 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
John and Edith Riding celebrating their 40th wedding anniversary.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.168
John and Edith Riding, 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
John and Edith Riding cutting the cake during a celebration of their 40th wedding anniversary at their home in DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.169
Les and Harvey Riding, [ca. 1970]
1 photograph; colour; 3 x 3.25 in.
Les and Harvey Riding, sons of John and Edith Riding. Harvey’s twin Kenneth is not shown. The photograph has been cut. It originally also included what is now image 116.09.01.02.203.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.170
John Riding, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 7 in.
A portrait of a young John Riding.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.171
Riding Family, [ca. 1970]
1 photograph; colour; 3.75 x 3 in.
John and Edith Riding with sons Leslie, Ken, and Harvey.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.172
Rieger Farm, [ca. 1970]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 2 in.
Hauling logs using horses and a sled on the Rieger homestead in winter.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.173
Grant Rieger, August 18, 1989
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
Grant Rieger, the son of Ken and Laurie Rieger, as a toddler in a highchair.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.174
Reg and Rose Robertson, July 9, 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3.25 in.
Reg and Rose Robertson standing outside.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.175
Siemens Family, 1991
1 photograph; colour; 3.25 x 5 in.
Jim, Ervin, Allen, Jean, Gordon, Frank, and Margaret Siemens.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.176
Siemens Children, 1965
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
The Siemens children: Jim (age 9), Gordon (age 7), Jean (age 5), and Ervin (age 2).
Location: 0116.09.01.02.177
Siemens Family, August 8, 1993
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
The Siemens family: (from left, front) Jean Siemens, Anna with baby Travis and husband Gordon, Marilyn and husband Ervine, Ingrid with Baby Trevor, children Tracey and Stephanie, and husband Jim, (back row at right) Pat Bentley, Allen, and (front row at right) Margaret and Frank. Used in “Bridges to the Past”, p. 75.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.178
Margaret Starkey and Friends, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Margaret Starkey and a group of girls standing on a step.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.179
Margaret Starkey on a Float, 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Margaret Starkey on the DeBolt float at the Smoky Bridge opening. The float was decorated with grain and clover blossoms. Margaret wears a wreath of clover in her hair.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.180
Group of Men at Bloomfield’s Cabin, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5 in.
(Back) Bob Stevenson, Helmer Larson, (Front) Frank T. Stevenson, Len Bloomfield, and Frank A. Stevenson at Bloomfield’s Cabin, Simonette River.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.181
Robert and Dianne Thew Wedding, September 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
Dianne (nee Calberry) and Robert Thew on their wedding day.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.182
Ellis Turner, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3.5 in.
Ellis Turner by George DeBolt’s home.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.183
Ellis Turner, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 5 in.
Ellis Turner in uniform outside a wood house.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.184
Frieda Warkentin, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 1.75 x 2.5 in.
Portrait of Frieda Warkentin, a teacher at Ridgevalley.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.185
Harry Warren and Family, 1930
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 4 in.
The Warren family’s first Christmas on their homestead: Jane, Norman, Harry, Dora, Jean, and Lawrence Warren. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 169. See also negative 116.09.01.01.220.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.186
Henry and Jane Warren’s 50th Anniversary, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 6.75 in.
Henry (Harry) and Jane Warren celebrate their 50th wedding anniversary.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.187
Weber Family, June 1933
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.75 in.
Edgar and Pearl Weber with their children Irene and Cecil leave the south for the Peace River district.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.188
Ridgevalley Coop Cheese Factory, Crooked Creek, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3.75 in.
An exterior view of the Ridgevalley Coop Cheese Factory located in Crooked Creek. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 288. See also negative 116.09.01.01.264.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.189
Team and Wagon at the Cheese Factory, Crooked Creek, 1939
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
Donald Dierker’s team and wagon at the Ridgevalley Coop Cheese Factory located in Crooked Creek. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 288. See also negative 116.09.01.01.265.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.190
Cheese Maker Garnet Summers, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 3.5 in.
Garnet Summers, the cheese maker at Ridgevalley Coop Cheese Factory in Crooked Creek. He is shown with several awards and trophies.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.191
DeBolt’s First Home and Post Office, 1933
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.75 in.
DeBolt’s first home and post office, built in 1920 and added to in 1927. This was the home of H. Elbert and Laura DeBolt. The foundation for a new house is visible in the foreground. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 289. See also negative 116.09.01.01.268.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.192
DeBolt Post Office, 1927
1 photograph; b & w; 2.75 x 3.75 in.
(L-R) Dale DeBolt, Winnifred DeBolt, Dorothy DeBolt (alternately Jack DeBolt, Dorothy DeBolt, Margaret Jordan) and postmistress Laura DeBolt outside the DeBolt post office. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 27 and 285. See also negative 116.09.01.01.267.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.193
DeBolt, [ca. 1937]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
A view of DeBolt looking west. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 290. See also negative 116.09.01.01.269.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.194
DeBolt, August 1929
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.25 in.
A view of DeBolt showing the road, several vehicles, and a portion of a building.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.195
Boys Outside McArthur Store at DeBolt, 1929
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4 in.
A group of boys on a sled gathered outside the McArthur Store in DeBolt. (L-R, standing) Walter Peterson, Ernie Fehr, and Lorne McArthur, (sitting) Roderick McArthur and Angus McArthur. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 18. See also negative 116.09.01.01.273.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.196
Outside Stauffer’s Store at DeBolt, 1939
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
A man on a bicycle outside of Stauffer’s Store in DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.197
Morrison’s Feed Mill and Store, DeBolt, 1932
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
An exterior view of Morrison’s Feed Mill and Store in DeBolt, looking east.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.198
Feed Chopping Mill, DeBolt, 1934
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 4.75 in.
The feed chopping mill at DeBolt beside Morrison’s store, looking west. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 290. See also negative 116.09.01.01.266.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.199
Morrison’s Store, DeBolt, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Two men stand in the doorway of Morrison’s store in DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.200
Ivan and Gladys Morrison, [ca. 1965]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 2.75 in.
Ivan and Gladys Morrison, likely taken while they were on vacation. The Morrisons were storekeepers in DeBolt and ran the post office from 1957 to 1960.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.201
Rod and Eleanor McArthur, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 6.5 in.
Rod and Eleanor McArthur. Goodwin postmaster, 1936-1937. See also negative 116.09.01.01.678.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.202
Ken Riding, [ca. 1970]
1 photograph; colour; 1.5 x 3.25 in.
Ken Riding, DeBolt postmaster, 1956 to 1957. The photograph has been cut. It originally also included what is now image 116.09.01.02.170.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.203
Lawrence and Helene Warren, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 6.5 in.
Lawrence and Helene Warren and their baby. The Warrens were DeBolt storekeepers and postmasters after 1960. See also negative 116.09.01.01.676.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.204
Gertrude Dana, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4 in.
Studio portrait of Gertrude Dana (formerly Groves), DeBolt storekeeper and postmistress sometime after 1960.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.205
Christine Starkey, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 2.5 x 5 in.
Christine Starkey raking leaves. Christine was DeBolt’s postmistress sometime after 1960 until 1974. See also negative 116.09.01.01.679.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.206
Marjorie Coogan, [ca. 1980]
2 photographs; colour; 2.75 x 3.75 in.
Two Polaroid photographs of Marjorie (Curly) Coogan working in the DeBolt post office. Marjorie was DeBolt’s postmistress from 1974 to 1985.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.207-.208
Joy Morrison, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 2.75 x 3.75 in.
A Polaroid photograph of Joy Morrison working in the DeBolt post office. Joy was on the first Rural Route for DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.209
Joy Morrison, June 14, 1980
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
Joy Morrison delivering mail on the rural route, June 14, 1980 the first day of rural mail delivery in the DeBolt area. Used in “Bridges to the Past,” p. 60.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.210
Violet Jordan and Urias Sherk, June 14, 1980
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 4.75 in.
Violet Jordan and her father Urias Sherk. Violet was the first postmistress at Goodwin, from 1923 to 1925.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.211
Violet Jordan, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 3.25 in.
Violet Jordan (in the black skirt) and another woman beside a team of horses. Violet was the first postmistress at Goodwin, from 1923 to 1925.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.212
James Platt at the Goodwin Post Office, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 3.25 in.
James Platt in the doorway of the first Goodwin Post Office. Duplicate of image 116.09.01.02.157. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 286. See also negative 116.09.01.02.271.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.213
Edwin Peckham at the Goodwin Store and Post Office, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4.25 in.
Edwin Peckham behind the counter at the Goodwin Store and Post Office. Peckham was the postmaster at Goodwin and manager of the Goodwin Co-op from 1949 to 1953.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.214
Howard and Mary Henry, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 6.5 in.
Howard and Mary Henry. Howard was postmaster at Goodwin from 1933 to 1936. See also negative 116.09.01.01.677.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.215
Goodwin Store and Post Office, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 6.5 in.
An exterior view of the Goodwin Store (Co-op) and Post Office. See also negative 116.09.01.01.703.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.216
Goodwin Group, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
A group of people from Goodwin gathered in a home on an unidentified occasion. They are: Harold Bowman, Joe Newman, Hazel Newman, Art Rees, Melford Newman, Marlene Bowman, Mattie Bowman, Jill Newman, and Gladys Rees. Jill Newman was the Goodwin postmistress in 1957 (for three months) and 1959 to 1960.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.217
Tillie Calberry, [ca. 1970]
1 photograph; colour; 3 x 3.25 in.
Tillie Calberry in a garden. Tilly was Goodwin’s postmistress from 1958 to 1959.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.218
Goodwin Community Hall, March 21, 1995
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
The Goodwin Community Hall, previously East Smoky School #4198.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.219
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
People and vehicles fill Grande Prairie’s main street (100 Avenue). The photograph was taken looking northwest.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.220
McArthur’s Store, Sturgeon Heights, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 4.75 in.
A First Nations man and his dogsled team outside of McArthur’s store in Sturgeon Heights. The McArthurs also had a store in DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 286. See also negative 116.09.01.01.272.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.221
Sturgeon Heights Esso Station, 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
The Esso service station at Sturgeon Heights. Max Selke may have been the Agent.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.222
Amerada Office and Pipe, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
Amerada office and pipe at Sturgeon Heights. Part of the oil exploration occurring in the area.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.223
Young’s Point Provincial Park, [ca. 1980]
2 photographs; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
Two exterior views of the workshop at Young’s Point Provincial Park on Sturgeon Lake.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.224-.225
Williamson Store, Sturgeon Lake, [ca. 1995]
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
An exterior view of the derelict Williamson store at Sturgeon Lake (east). The Williamson house is visible in the background. The store was orginally a Revillon Freres trading post, which had been started by Cornwall & Bredin in 1899 and sold to the Revillon Freres in 1906.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.226
Williamson House, Sturgeon Lake, [ca. 1995]
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
An exterior view of the derelict Williamson house at Sturgeon Lake. The house has since burned down.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.227
Group at Hudson’s Bay Company, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 6.75 in.
A large group of Aboriginal people posed outside the Hudson’s Bay Company store at Sturgeon Lake (?) with the manager (?).
Location: 0116.09.01.02.228
McArthur Boy Riding a Stick Horse, 1921
1 photograph; b & w; 2.75 x 4 in.
One of the McArthur boys riding a stick horse by Sturgeon Lake. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 314. See also negative 116.09.01.01.309.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.229
Boys’ Ferry Service, 1929
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4.75 in.
Robert Mehlum and Dale DeBolt in a home-made boat on Mehlum Creek. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 316. See also negative 116.09.01.01.296.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.230
Matlock Children with a Calf, 1929
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
Preston, Izora, and Mable Matlock with a calf at Uncle Wade’s.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.231
Winnie and Dorothy DeBolt, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
The DeBolt sisters, Dorothy and Winnie posed under a tree.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.232
Frank Stevenson, Jr., [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5.25 in.
Toddler Frank Stevenson, Jr. running down a hill with the house in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.233
St. Paul’s Anglican Church, Goodwin, March 3, 1995
2 photographs; colour; 4 x 6 in.
Two exterior views of St. Paul’s Anglican Church at Goodwin.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.234-.235
Catholic Women’s League Meeting, [ca. 1945]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
A group of women assembled outside Monica Hink’s home for a Catholic Women’s League (The Holy Rosary Parish of DeBolt and Crooked Creek) meeting. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 310. See also negative 116.09.01.01.316.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.236
First Confirmation Held at New Church, 1943
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 4 in.
The first confirmation held at the new Catholic Church (The Holy Rosary Parish of DeBolt and Crooked Creek). Bishop Guy and godparents, Pat Rooney, Elizabeth Sheltreau, Gladys Renspie, Wava Hankins, Patricia O’Keefe, Anita Diemert, Estelle Diemert, Joan Diemert, Ruth McLane, June McLane, Duane Diemert, Pete Diemert, Gerald McLane, Mike McLane, Stan Gerwatoski, Anne Clegg and Matilda Diemert. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 310. See also negative 116.09.01.01.317.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.237
Dedication Day at DeBolt United Church, July 25, 1932
2 photographs; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in. and 4.75 x 6.75 in.
Two copies of a photograph showing the Dedication Day at DeBolt United Church. Moderator Dr. Oliver and student minister Johann Overbo were both present. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 306. See also negative 116.09.01.01.1062.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.238-.239
DeBolt United Church Sunday School, 1926
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
DeBolt United Church Sunday School, taught by Mrs. Virginia DeBolt at her home. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 305. See also negative 116.09.01.01.322.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.240
DeBolt United Church, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Log church at DeBolt, built in 1932. After it was replaced in 1949, it was moved to the Walter Peterson farm, was given a new roof and became a barn. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 306.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.241
DeBolt United Church, 1950
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
An exterior view of the new DeBolt United Church.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.242
DeBolt United Church in Winter, [ca. 1950]
2 photographs; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
Male and female parishioners exit DeBolt United Church in winter.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.243-.244
DeBolt United Church Dedication Day, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Large crowd gathered around DeBolt United Church for dedication of the new building. Note the side entry to the north.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.245
DeBolt United Church Sunday School Camp, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
Kids on the dock and by the lake during the DeBolt United Church Sunday School Camp at Sturgeon Lake.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.246
DeBolt United Church, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
The second DeBolt United Church building following renovations which included being moved onto a basement, a new roof, stucco siding, an addition, and a new entry to the west.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.247
United Church Women, 1964
1 photograph; b & w; 2.75 x 2.75 in.
Group of United Church Women assembled in the DeBolt United Church.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.248
United Church Women, 1964
1 photograph; b & w; 2.75 x 2.75 in.
Mrs. Riding presents Mrs. McKinley with Life Membership in the United Church Women.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.249
DeBolt United Church 50th Anniversary, 1982
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
Photograph showing the cake decorated in honour of DeBolt United Church’s 50th Anniversary.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.250
DeBolt United Church 50th Anniversary, 1982
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
Tree planting by Les Airth and Les Riding at the 50th Anniversary celebrations for DeBolt United Church.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.251
DeBolt United Church 50th Anniversary, 1982
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
People gathered near the entrance of DeBolt United Church to watch the tree planting. Part of the Church’s 50th Anniversary celebrations.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.252
DeBolt United Church 50th Anniversary, 1982
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
Picnic in the park as part of the 50th Anniversary celebrations for DeBolt United Church. Among those shown are Nick and Mary Theisen, Alice Palser, and Marvin Moore (on crutches).
Location: 0116.09.01.02.253
DeBolt United Church 50th Anniversary, 1982
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
Coffee in the church basement as part of the 50th Anniversary celebrations for DeBolt United Church. Among those shown are former minister Howard Munro and his wife.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.254
DeBolt United Church 50th Anniversary, 1982
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
Coffee in the church basement as part of the 50th Anniversary celebrations for DeBolt United Church. Among those shown are former minister Forbes and Frank Stevenson.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.255
DeBolt United Church 50th Anniversary, 1982
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
A reception, part of the 50th Anniversary celebrations for DeBolt United Church. Among those shown are Winnie Moore, Alice Hickson, and Marie Stevenson.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.256
DeBolt United Church 50th Anniversary, 1982
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
A reception, part of the 50th Anniversary celebrations for DeBolt United Church. Among those shown are Frank Stevenson, Jake Fehr, and Clifford DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.257
DeBolt United Church 50th Anniversary, 1982
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 4.25 in.
Group photograph taken in Hubert Memorial Park during the 50th Anniversary celebrations for DeBolt United Church.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.258
DeBolt United Church 50th Anniversary, 1982
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 4.25 in.
A men’s group photograph taken in Hubert Memorial Park during the 50th Anniversary celebrations for DeBolt United Church. Those shown include Pete Doerkson, Robert Mehlum, Harold Bowman, Art Boe, Mr. Knox, Charlie Moore, Jake Fehr, Bill Robertson, and Charlie Coulter, with Walter Peterson and ___ Knox (?) in the back.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.259
DeBolt United Church 50th Anniversary, 1982
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
A men’s group photograph taken in Hubert Memorial Park during the 50th Anniversary celebrations for DeBolt United Church. Those shown include (back) Clifford DeBolt, Bob Given, Bob Stevenson, and Frank Stevenson; (front): Jim Matlock, Robert Mehlum, Bill Robertson, Wes Reimer, and Donald Matlock.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.260
DeBolt United Church, [ca. 1970]
1 photograph; colour; 3 x 3 in.
Interior view of DeBolt United Church, following renovations in the 1970s, showing the altar and chancel area.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.261
DeBolt United Church, July 1972
1 photograph; colour; 1.5 x 1.75 in.
Exterior view of DeBolt United Church, following renovations which changed the entrance. R___, Georgie, and Sharon Ogden are on the steps.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.262
DeBolt United Church Organ, 1991
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
Shirley Britton plays the Hammond Organ that was donated to the DeBolt United Church. Used in “Bridges to the Past”, p. 381.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.263
Terry and Doreen Forbes, 1983
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
DeBolt United Church minister Terry Forbes and his wife Doreen.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.264
United Church Women Catering, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 4.5 x 3 in.
Members of the United Church Women of DeBolt United Church doing catering: Marie Stevenson, Katherine Klassen, and Gertrude Dana (formerly Groves).
Location: 0116.09.01.02.265
United Church Women Market, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 3 x 4.5 in.
The United Church Women of DeBolt United Church operating a handicraft market/bazaar. Eva VanHaga and Ruby Matlock are shown.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.266
United Church Women, [ca. 1990]
1 photograph; colour; 5 x 7 in.
Group photograph of the United Church Women of DeBolt United Church. Front: Mattie Bowman, Katherine Klassen, and Barbara Turner. Middle: Noreen Perkins, Marie Stevenson, Jean Snydmiller, and Norma Perkins. Back: Alice Hickson and Fran Moore.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.267
Charlie Lathwell Homestead, December 1931
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
A view of Charlie Lathwell’s Homestead showing log cabin, tent, a team of horses, and Edward Lathwell. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 187. See also negative 116.09.01.01.372.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.268
Jack Mitchell Homestead, 1920
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5 in.
A view of the Jack Mitchell Homestead showing a log home and a large wood pile. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 39. See also negative 116.09.01.01.454.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.269
Breaking the Land, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.75 in.
Breaking the land on the Mehlum homestead. Harry Thompson had nice horses, as did Bill Perkins, Sr. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 325. See also negative 116.09.01.01.330.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.270
DeBolt Stock, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4 in.
DeBolt livestock, horses and cattle.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.271
DeBolt Cattle, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
George DeBolt’s cattle in a corral.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.272
Treating Seed, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.75 in.
Dave Harrington standing in a wagon box treating seed, with a scarf tied over his face. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 326. See also negative 116.09.01.01.404.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.273
Seeding a Field, 1944
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 5.5 in.
Ted Bekkeheim seeds a field with horses and a drill on his homestead in Sturgeon Heights. A dog is visible in front of the horses.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.274
Cutting Oats, August 1921
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3 in.
D. D. McArthur cutting oats with two horses and a binder on his Sturgeon Lake homestead. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 328. See also negative 116.09.01.01.356.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.275
Steam Engine, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Tom Moore running O. Gitzel’s steam engine. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 118. See also negative 116.09.01.01.406.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.276
Tractor and Early Combine, 1941
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.75 in.
Charlie Moore with a tractor and early combine, the first combine in the area. Maurice and Marvin Moore stand nearby. Used in “Across the Smoky”, p. 330. See also negative 116.09.01.01.352.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.277
Threshing Crew, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Threshing crew by a hay rack: Whitey ?, Bill LaValley (in suit), Robert Mehlum, minister?, and Joe Belford.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.278
Threshing, [ca. 1930]
3 photographs; b & w; 3 x 2 in.
An odd-looking threshing outfit (Rumely) driven by a man and a woman.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.279-.281
Harvesting Mehlum’s Crop, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
George DeBolt harvesting Mehlum’s crop using horses.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.282
Stacking Hay, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
Walter Peterson stacking hay on the Ed Mehlum farm.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.283
Hay Stacking Machine, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 5.5 in.
The hay stacking machine Walter Peterson used on Ed Mehlum’s farm. Two tractors and other equipment are also visible.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.284
Hay Stacking Machine, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 5.5 in.
Margaret Peterson beside the hay stacking machine Walter Peterson used on Ed Mehlum’s farm.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.285
Stacking Hay, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 5.5 in.
The hay stacking machine in operation, likely on the Mehlum farm. Bob Stevenson with the team and Frank Stevenson on the stack. Photograph taken by Walter Peterson. The men were partners in a ‘farm-hand’ loader.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.286
Page Hill Driving Team, 1945
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 5.5 in.
Page Hill driving his team on the Ted Bekkeheim farm in Sturgeon Heights. They are threshing clover. A threshing machine is visible in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.287
Threshing, 1945
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Threshing on the Bekkeheim homestead.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.288
Harvest Time, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.75 in.
Ray and Harvey Pellerin threshing with a hand-fed machine powered with a Model A Ford car.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.289
Horses and Hay Rack, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
Dale DeBolt and Robert Mehlum threshing. A team of horses and a hay rack are shown.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.290
Threshing, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Jim Airth threshing. A car and a tractor are visible in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.291
Threshing, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.75 in.
Throwing bundles into thresher from hay rack.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.292
Threshing at Ridings, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Threshing at the Riding farm. The photograph shows a man moving bundles from a horse-drawn hay rack with a threshing machine in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.293
Threshing at Mehlums, 1927
1 photograph; b & w; 7.25 x 3.25 in.
Threshing at the Mehlum farm in 1927. (L to R) Jerome Norton, E. DeBolt, and Alex Robideau sit on the steam engine while Ed Mehlum, John Mehlum, and O. Neilsen work on the stacks. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 329. See also negative 116.09.01.01.1063.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.294
Cutting Wood, [ca. 1945]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
(L to R) Ed Mehlum, John Mehlum, Robert Mehlum, Charlie Moore, and Ove Nielsen using Charlie Moore’s wood cutting outfit on the Mehlum farm to saw a fuel supply. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 320. See also negative 116.09.01.01.414.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.295
Wood Sawing, 1945
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Wood sawing on the Ted Bekkeheim homestead in Sturgeon Heights. The photograph shows a tractor, two men, and a large pile of cut wood.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.296
Work Bee, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
A work bee at Ed Hughes’ farm. The photograph shows eight men and nine tractors pulling farm machinery.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.297
Successful Hunt, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.5 in.
Dave Ratzlaff returns after a successful hunt on a horse-drawn sleigh, presumably loaded with game.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.298
Sunflower Crop, [ca. 1970]
1 photograph; colour; 3 x 4.5 in.
The sunflower crop on John Dascalo’s farm.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.299
Canola Crop, 1998
1 photograph; colour; 3.25 x 5.5 in.
The canola crop on an unidentified farm. The photograph’s original caption reads “Canola on our 1969 homestead taken in 1998.” The “our” could refer to Fran and Marvin Moore. The photograph also shows a tractor and two outbuildings.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.300
DeBolt Manse, 1974
1 photograph; colour; 3.25 x 4.25 in.
A view looking through the front door of the small manse building that was the beginning of the DeBolt Museum. See also negative 116.09.01.01.471.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.301
DeBolt Manse, 1974
1 photograph; colour; 3.25 x 4.25 in.
An old church pew in the small manse building that was the beginning of the DeBolt Museum after the manse was painted. See also negative 116.09.01.01.472.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.302
Opening DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum, September 1976
1 photograph; colour; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
Edna Stevenson cutting the ribbon to open the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum. See also negative 116.09.01.01.478.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.303
John Mehlum Barn, 1977
1 photograph; colour; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
The John Mehlum Barn on its original site, 1 mile northeast of the park. The barn was moved in 1979 to Hubert Memorial Park as part of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum. See also negative 116.09.01.01.490.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.304
John Mehlum Barn, [ca. 1979]
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
The John Mehlum Barn on its original site, 1 mile northeast of the park. The barn was moved in 1979 to Hubert Memorial Park as part of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.305
John Mehlum Barn, [ca. 1979]
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
The John Mehlum Barn on its original site, 1 mile northeast of the park. Museum board members Norma Perkins, secretary, and Winnie Moore, president, are looking at the barn. The barn was moved in 1979 to Hubert Memorial Park as part of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.306
Pouring Cement for Mehlum Barn, Fall 1978
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
Pouring cement footings and pad for the John Mehlum Barn at the Hubert Memorial Park in DeBolt in fall 1978. The barn was moved to the Park in 1979 as part of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.307
Moving Mehlum Barn, 1979
1 photograph; colour; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
The John Mehlum Barn being moved over the frost to Hubert Memorial Park in DeBolt as part of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum. DeBolt United Church is visible in the foreground.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.308
Moving Mehlum Barn, 1979
1 photograph; colour; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
The John Mehlum Barn arriving at its new home in DeBolt’s Hubert Memorial Park as part of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.309
Grand Opening of Mehlum Barn, 1981
1 photograph; colour; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
The Grand Opening of the John Mehlum Barn in its new location at DeBolt’s Hubert Memorial Park as part of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum. Robert Mehlum cuts the ribbon held by Ellis Turner and Winnie Moore as Fran Moore looks on. An additional note reads “Day was cold, so we were all in the barn.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.310
Guests at Opening of Mehlum Barn, 1981
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
Special guests Mrs. Dana, George Tilley, and Harold Bowman, all early pioneers, at the Grand Opening of the John Mehlum Barn in its new location at DeBolt’s Hubert Memorial Park as part of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.311
Wire Shed Opening, 1983
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Max Franks, John Doerkson, and Ellis Turner open the wire shed at Heritage Day in 1983, DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum’s next building. See also negative 116.09.01.01.702.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.312
Mehlum Ice House, [ca. 1985]
1 photograph; colour; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
The Mehlum Ice House on its original location, prior to being moved to Hubert Memorial Park as part of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.313
Crowe House, [ca. 1985]
1 photograph; colour; 4.5 x 3.75 in.
The Crowe House from Goodwin Corner. The house was moved to Hubert Memorial Park as part of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum when the highway was 4-laned and now houses a bachelor pad, store, and post office.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.314
Turner House, [ca. 1995]
1 photograph; colour; 4.75 x 3.5 in.
The Turner House in its original location east and south of DeBolt. It was former the home of Ellis and Barbara Turner and their family. The Turner Home was later moved to Hubert Memorial Park as part of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.315
East Smoky Legion #89 Hall, 1995
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5.5 in.
An exterior view of the East Smoky Legion #89 Hall, which was given to the DeBolt and District Museum Society in 1993.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.316
DeBolt United Church, [ca. 2000]
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
An exterior view of DeBolt United Church showing the climbing plants along one side. The church was donated to the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Society in 2006 and is now known as DeBolt Community Church.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.317
Pioneer Plaque, 1974
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
A plaque dedicated to the DeBolt pioneers, to the west of the Manse building in Hubert Memorial Park. The Edson Trail School bell is mounted above the plaque. The text of the plaque reads: “Erected in memory of the 1919 to 1922 pioneers, namely: Stevenson, Bowman, Mehlum, DeBolt, Voshall, Tilley, Turner, Clarke, Young, Oyler, Levalley, Sheltreau, Nielsen, Gallagher, McLarty, Stanton, Leonard, and Broomfield. These few families and single persons were the nucleus of the first permanent settlement. They motivated the establishment of other firsts, such as the first public school, first community hall and first protestant church east of the smoky. Though enduring many hardships, they never lost sight of their vision that this district could eventually become a populated area where folks might live an enjoyable life in a friendly rural setting. Their devotion to the land, courage, faith and hope enabled them to withstand the rigorous pioneer life and thus establish the first permanent settlement, which we now commemorate in its 50th anniversary year, 1969.” See also negative 116.09.01.01.473.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.318
Hubert Memorial Park Cairn, 1974
1 photograph; colour; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
The rock cairn at the entrance of Hubert Memorial Park in DeBolt. See also negative 116.09.01.01.476.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.319
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum, [ca. 1990]
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
The DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum in Hubert Memorial Park. Buildings shown include the Manse, teacherage, Mehlum Barn, and the small shed.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.320
DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum, [ca. 1990]
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
The DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum in Hubert Memorial Park. The old wood fence, big shed, and various equipment are shown.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.321
Hubert Memorial Park Gateway, [ca. 2000]
1 photograph; colour; 5.5 x 3.75 in.
Men and equipment work to install a new gateway for Hubert Memorial Park in DeBolt, the site of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.322
Comb Honey, 1988
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 4 in.
A hive, including honey comb, built in the motor of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum tractor.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.323
“Bridges to the Past” Book Committee, 2000
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
The book committee, including Barbara Turner, Gladys Dievert, Corinne Morrison, and Elaine Moore, working on the “Bridges to the Past” publication. Used in “Bridges to the Past,” p. 454.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.324
“Bridges to the Past” Book Committee, 2001
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
The book committee, including Tammy Morrison, Barbara Turner, Gladys Dievert, and Corinne Morrison, working on the “Bridges to the Past” publication. Fran Moore is in the office at the back.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.325
“Bridges to the Past” Crew, February 1, 2000
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 5 in.
The group who put the pictures in the “Bridges to the Past” book. Back: Tammy Morrison, Florence Isaac, Suzanne Penner, cook Georgia Stevenson (nee DeBolt), Irene Riding, and Rob Rohac (Friesen’s Printers). Second row: Ena-May Clegg, Joan Bowman (nee Turner), Edith Moody, Cherry Kramps, and Alice Hickson. Third row: Elaine Moore, Eunice Ward, Carol Horsch, Corinne Morrison, and cook Noreen Perkins. Front: Fran Moore, cook Barbara Turner, Norma Perkins, cook Jean Snydmiller, and Gladys Dievert. Used in “Bridges to the Past,” p. 454.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.326
“Across the Smoky” Negatives, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Negatives from the “Across the Smoky” book filed in envelopes and catalogued. See also negative 116.09.01.01.685.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.327
“Across the Smoky” Negatives, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Negatives and photographs collected by the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum housed in files in a metal cabinet. See also negative 116.09.01.01.684.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.328
Edson Trail Cairn, [ca. 1987]
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
The Edson Trail Cairn in front of the DeBolt Community Hall. The Cairn was erected in 1986. The text on the plaque reads: “The Edson-Grande Prairie Trail 1911-1986 Commemorating the 75th anniversary of the opening of the “trail”. Just to the south of this spot the “trail” wound it’s tortuous way through the wilderness. We dedicate this cairn to the memory of all those pioneers whose courage and adventurous spirit caused them to lead the way to this great land of ours. DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum Society 1986.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.329
Glenbow Exhibit, 1980
2 photographs; b & w; 4.25 x 3.25 in.
A display of photographs from the Glenbow Archives in Calgary hung in the dining room of the Country Club/Community Hall in DeBolt. See also negatives 119.09.01.01.505-.506.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.330-.331
DeBolt Stampede Posters, 1983
1 photograph; colour; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
A display of DeBolt Stampede posters in the small shed of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum. See also negative 119.09.01.01.709.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.332
Nature Photographs Display, 1983
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
A display of nature photographs and natural history objects at the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum. See also negative 119.09.01.01.710.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.333
Pernille Ekren, [ca. 1905]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 3.75 in.
Studio portrait of Pernille Ekren, future wife of Evald (Ed) Mehlum and mother of Robert. The photograph was obtained by Winnie Moore at the Mehlum sale, October 1, 1992. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.334
Unknown Norwegian, [ca. 1905]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 5.75 in.
Studio portrait of an unknown Norwegian man, possibly Til Halvord (?) or a member of the Ekren or Mehlum families.The photograph was presumably acquired at the same time as 116.09.01.02.334, by Winnie Moore from the Mehlum Sale, October 1, 1992. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.335
Mehlum Family, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 3.25 in.
Ed, Pernelle and their son Robert Mehlum posed beside a house with outbuildings in the background. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.336
Mehlum Family, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; colour; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Ed, Pernelle and their son Robert Mehlum posed beside a car. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.337
Robert Mehlum and Dog, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; colour; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
A tinted photograph of Robert Mehlum posed with his dog. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.338
Ed and John Mehlum, February 5, 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5.25 in.
Ed and John Mehlum outside of the Grande Prairie Hospital, taken on February 5, 1961, the day of Ed’s discharge. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.339
John Mehlum, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
John Mehlum standing in the doorway of a shack. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.340
John Mehlum Farm, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
The John Mehlum farm showing the house, barn, sheds, and various equipment including a saw and threshing machine. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.341
East Smoky School Board, 1954
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
Members of the East Smoky School Board: John Kramps, Alva Gunby, Robert Mehlum, and Jay Lassen. From the “Mehlum Collection.” Used in “Beginnings – A History of the East Smoky School Division #54”, p. 7.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.342
School Superintendents, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
School Superintendents Stan Hambly and Harold McNeil. From the “Mehlum Collection.” Used in “Beginnings – A History of the East Smoky School Division #54”, p. 333.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.343
Ice Bridge, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4.25 in.
An ice bridge over the Smoky River. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.344
Ferry on the Smoky River, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5.25 in.
A truck being transported by the Goodwin or Moody Crossing ferry on the Smoky River. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.345
Ferry at Bridge Opening, 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5.5 in.
The ferry at the opening of Smoky River Bridge. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.346
Ridgevalley School Construction, 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5.5 in.
The Ridgevalley schoolhouse being torn down. From the “Mehlum Collection.” Used in “Beginnings – A History of the East Smoky School Division #54,” p. 85.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.347
DeBolt United Church Construction, [ca. 1949]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
The second DeBolt United Church being built. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.348
Museum Presentation, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 5 x 3.5 in.
Ruth Thorpe presents a certificate and flowers to Robert and Flora Mehlum on behalf of the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum. Fran Moore stands in the background. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.349
45th Anniversary Catholic Women’s League, November 21, 1981
1 photograph; colour; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
A celebration of the 45th anniversary of the Holy Rosary Catholic Women’s League (Crooked Creek and DeBolt) held at the home of Florence and Joe FInchett. Attendees included (L to R) Sister Theresa, Sister Claire, Flora Mehlum, Sylvia Rompke, Father D. Bowler OMI, Florence Fitchett, Carolyn Kramps, and Doreen Klassen. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.350
Mehlums Harvesting, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.75 x 3.25 in.
John and Ed Mehlum harvesting with a binder and horses. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.351
Feeding Chickens, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
Ed Mehlum feeding chickens. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.352
Chicken House, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
The chicken house on the Mehlum farm. The barn, other outbuildings, and equipment are visible in the background. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.353
Cutting Crop, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
Robert Mehlum cutting the crop with a binder. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.354
Robert Mehlum, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
Robert Mehlum and an unidentified woman. The provided caption indicates that Robert is feeding the chickens. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.355
Mehlum Farm, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5.5 in.
Elevated view of the Mehlum farm showing the roof of an outbuilding and the field beyond including another shed and a tractor. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.356
Robert Mehlum’s Cows, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Robert Mehlum’s cows by the dam. The house (?) and barn are visible in the background. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.357
Robert Mehlum’s Pigs, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Pigs in Robert Mehlum’s barnyard. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.358
Woodpile, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
A pile of cut wood in Robert Mehlum’s yard. The barn is visible in the background. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.359
Visitors to the Mehlum Farm, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Visitors to the Robert Mehlum farm stand in the doorway to the garage with a truck parked outside. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.360
John Mehlum Farm, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
A truck on the drive of the John Mehlum farm. The house and barn are visible in the background. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.361
John Mehlum Farm, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; colour; 4.5 x 6.75 in.
A tinted photograph of cattle by the dam on the Mehlum farm. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.362
Robert Mehlum and Truck, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Robert Mehlum standing beside a truck in winter with another man and truck in the background. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.363
Stacking Hay, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3.25
Robert Mehlum stacking hay. He is standing atop a large haystack with an outbuilding and fence in the foreground. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.364
Putting up Ice, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5.25 in.
Putting up blocks of ice at the Mehlum farm. The roof of the ice house is visible behind the blocks. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.365
Ice House, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5.25 in.
A path through the snow to the ice house at the Mehlum farm. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.366
Winter Driveway, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
The winter driveway to the Mehlum farm. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.367
Mehlum Yard, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5.5 in.
A view of the Mehlum farm’s yard, outbuildings, and woodpile. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.368
Henry McCullough and the Grande Prairie Charter, 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
Henry McCullough arrives at the Oscar Adolphson farm carrying the Charter for the City of Grande Prairie. The barn is visible in the background. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.369
Carrying the Grande Prairie Charter, 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
The packhorse carrying the Grande Prairie Charter, under the charge of Henry McCullough arrives at the Oscar Adolphson farm. The barn is visible in the background. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.370
Henry McCullough and the Grande Prairie Charter, 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
Henry McCullough, leading the packhorse carrying the Grande Prairie Charter, in front of Oscar Adolphson’s barn. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.371
Grande Prairie Charter Expedition, 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
The car accompanying Henry McCullough as he carried the Grande Prairie Charter to the new city. The photograph was likely taken in the Valleyview area, perhaps near Oscar Adolphson’s farm where a stop was made. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.372
Grande Prairie Charter Expedition, 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
A rest stop on Henry McCullough’s journey from Edmonton to Grande Prairie carrying the new city’s charter. Henry McCullough is standing in the middle of the group.The photograph was likely taken at Oscar Adolphson’s farm in the Valleyview area. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.373
Mehlum Dam in Winter, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; colour; 6.75 x 4.5 in.
A tinted photograph of the dam and pond at the Mehlum farm in winter. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.374
Ove Nielsen, Robert Mehlum, and George Tilley, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; colour; 3.25 x 3.25 in.
A candid photograph of Ove Nielsen, Robert Mehlum, and George Tilley seated on a couch. From the “Mehlum Collection.” Used in “Beginnings – A History of the East Smoky School Division No. 54,” p. 10.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.375
The MacNeils, 1990
1 photograph; colour; 4.25 x 4 in.
Harold and Norma MacNeil, Christmas 1990. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.376
Bickell Family, 1976
1 photograph; colour; 4.5 x 3.25 in.
Roy and Noreen Bickell with their son-in-law Aubrey Brewster and children Judy, Richard, and Debra, Christmas 1976. The photograph was taken on the Bickells’ 25th wedding anniversary. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.377
Charlie Moore with Anne and Engvar Berger, April 1990
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 4.25 in.
A candid photograph of Charlie Moore sitting with Anne and Engvar Berger on a couch. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.378
Ellis and Barbara Turner’s 40th Anniversary, December 1980
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
Eula Miller, Barbara and Ellis Turner, and Robert Mehlum at a celebration of the Turners’ 40th anniversary. Eula and Robert were their attendants. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.379
Ed Renspie and the Yeleniks, 1988
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
Mr. Yelenik, Ed Renspie, and Mrs. Yelenik outside a house. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.380
Mr. Yelenik, Ed Renspie, and Robert Mehlum, 1988
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
Mr. Yelenik, Ed Renspie, and Robert Mehlum outside a house. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.381
Ellis and Barbara Turner’s 50th Anniversary, December 20, 1990
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
Robert Mehlum, Ellis and Barbara Turner, and Eula Miller at a celebration of the Turners’ 50th anniversary. Eula and Robert were their attendants. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.382
Dancing at Ellis and Barbara Turner’s 50th Anniversary, December 20, 1990
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
Eula Miller and Robert Mehlum dancing at a celebration of Ellis and Barbara Turner’s 50th anniversary. Eula and Robert were their attendants. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.383
South Peace Centennial Museum Barbeque, 1987
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
Cooks preparing barbequed meat at the South Peace Centennial Museum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.384
South Peace Centennial Museum Steam Tractor, 1987
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
A steam tractor demonstration at the South Peace Centennial Museum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.385
South Peace Centennial Museum Threshing, 1987
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
A threshing demonstration at the South Peace Centennial Museum. Men shown in the photograph include Robert Mehlum and Charlie Moore. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.386
Jana and Grant Rieger, September 22, 1988
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
Jana (3 years) and Grant (3.5 months) Rieger. Ken and Lori Rieger were neighbours of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.387
Jana and Grant Rieger, September 23, 1989
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
Jana and Grant Rieger playing outside. Ken and Lori Rieger were neighbours of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.388
Berger Family, May 1988
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 5.75 in.
The Berger family, first generation: Borger (born 1904), Gunvor (born 1907), Ingvar (born 1902), and Sigrid (born 1898). As of 1988, these four were the only remaining siblings of a family of 12. The Bergers were relatives of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.389
Ingvar and Stanley Berger, [ca. 1970]
1 photograph; colour; 3.25 x 4.75 in.
Ingvar and Stanley Berger with a catch of fish. The Bergers were relatives of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.390
Berger Family, August 1984
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
Ingvar and Stanley Berger with a catch of fish. The Bergers were relatives of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.391
Berger Family – Three Generations, September 1988
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
Three generations: Borger, John, and Bradley Berger, in front of John’s Massey 860 combine. The Bergers were relatives of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.392
Berger Family, August 1984
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
The Borger Berger family: John, Borger, Astrid and Karen. The Bergers were relatives of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.393
Berger Family, 1989
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
The Borger Berger family taken on John’s 39th birthday in the Berger home. John, Astrid, Borger, Karen, Steve, Jean, Bradley, Lori, Carla, and Stephanie. The Bergers were relatives of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.394
Anne Berger, August 1984
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Anne Berger sitting on a step. The Bergers were relatives of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.395
Engvar Berger, August 1984
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Engvar Berger in the garden. The Bergers were relatives of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.396
Engvar Berger, September 1990
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Engvar Berger painting the house. The Bergers were relatives of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.397
Engvar Berger, October 1990
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Engvar Berger with a harvest of tomatoes. The Bergers were relatives of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.398
Anne Berger, October 1990
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Anne Berger canning tomatoes. The Bergers were relatives of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.399
Engvar Berger, October 1990
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Engvar Berger with canning. The Bergers were relatives of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.400
Engvar Berger, 1989
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 4 in.
Engvar Berger watering in the garden. A note on the back states that the tomato plants in 1989 got to be 6 1/2 feet tall with tomatoes of 4 to 6 inches. 40 pounds of green tomatoes were harvested before the frost hit. There are also cucumber plants in front of the tomatoes with 42 cucumbers taken in before the frost and 20 __ (illegible).The Bergers were relatives of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.401
Engvar Berger, October 1990
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Engvar Berger with his tomato plants. The Bergers were relatives of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.402
Engvar Berger, October 1990
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Engvar Berger with his tomato plants. The Bergers were relatives of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.403
Karen Berger’s Graduation, September 1971
1 photograph; colour; 1.75 x 1.75 in.
Karen Burger, presumably with her parents Ingvar and Astrid, on the occasion of her graduation. The Bergers were relatives of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.404
Stephanie and Anthony Reno, October 1990
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
Stephanie and Anthony Reno, children of Steve and Karen (nee Berger) Reno. The Bergers were relatives of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.405
Berger Family Skiing, 1990
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
John and Jean Berger with their children Lori, Carla, and Bradley, wearing downhill skiing gear. The Bergers were relatives of Robert Mehlum. From the “Mehlum Collection.”
Location: 0116.09.01.02.406
Dinner on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.75 in.
Dinner on the Edson Trail. Left to Right: Hanson, A. H. McQuarrie (engineer), James Cornwall (Peace River MLA), J. D. Robertson, and McEwan (packer). See also negative 116.09.01.01.787.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.407
Dinner on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.75 in.
Lunch or supper on the Edson Trail. Left to Right: A. H. McQuarrie (engineer), McEwan (packer), Hanson, J. D. Robertson, and James Cornwall (Peace River MLA). Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 64. See also negative 116.09.01.01.783.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.408
Camping on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.75 in.
John Stocks (Deputy Ministers of Public Works) and McEwan setting up camp on the Edson Trail. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 65. See also negative 116.09.01.01.785.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.409
At Baptiste River on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.75 in.
(Left to Right) Jim Cornwall (MLA for Peace River), Mrs. Emmerson, and John Stocks (Deputy Ministers of Public Works) holding child, outside a tent at Baptiste River (later called Berland) on the Edson Trail. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 17. See also negative 116.09.01.01.773.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.410
Preparing Supper on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.75 in.
J. D. Robertson, A. H. McQuarrie (engineer), and James Cornwall (MLA for Peace River) preparing rabbit stew for a meal on the Edson Trail. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 66. See also negative 116.09.01.01.786.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.411
Dinner on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.75 in.
Dinner on the Edson Trail. Left to Right: Hanson, A. H. McQuarrie (engineer), James Cornwall (Peace River MLA), J. D. Robertson, and McEwan (packer). Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail”, p. 67. See also negative 116.09.01.01.788.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.412
Edson Trail Survey and Construction Crew, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.75 in.
A group of men involved in surveying and constructing the Edson Trail. See also negative 116.09.01.01.757.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.413
Settler on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.75 in.
A settler on the Edson Trail with his horses and sleigh. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 160. See also negative 116.09.01.01.840.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.414
Stopping Place on the Edson Trail, [ca. 1911]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.75 in.
A stopping place on the Edson Trail, including a couple of cabins. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 132. See also negative 116.09.01.01.830.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.415
Stopping Place on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 5.75 in.
The Little Smoky stopping place on the Edson Trail, including a cabin, group of men, and team of horses. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 133. See also negative 116.09.01.01.832.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.416
Camp on the Smoky River, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.75 in.
An overnight camp on the east bank of Smoky River showing a tent and bedrolls. (L to R) J. D. Robertson, Antoine Thomas, ?, A. H. McQuarrie, ?. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 65. See also negative 116.09.01.01.784.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.417
Sturgeon Lake, April 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.25 in.
Dr. R. N. Shaw, Mosier, E. E. Davidson, and Harvey Switzer beside Sturgeon Lake, April 1911. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 208. See also negative 116.09.01.01.852.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.418
First Nations Home at Sturgeon Lake, April 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.75 in.
John Stock, Deputy Minister of Public Works (left), and A. H. McQuarrie, road engineer (centre), at a First Nations family’s home at Sturgeon Lake. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 208. See also negative 116.09.01.01.851.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.419
Bear Shot on Edson Trail, [ca. 1911]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.5 in.
A man carrying a bear shot on the Edson Trail near Athabasca River. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 221. See also negative 116.09.01.01.860.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.420
Stopping Place, Athabasca River, [ca. 1911]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.75 x 3.75
A stopping place on the Edson Trail at the Athabasca River including a few cabins and wagons. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 132. See also negative 116.09.01.01.829.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.421
Toney River, Nova Scotia, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 5 x 3.5 in.
The Toney River in Nova Scotia. Edson Trail engineer A. H. McQuarrie was born beside this winding river and he named the Toney River on the Edson Trail after this Nova Scotian river.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.422
Harry Morgan’s Log Cabin, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
Harry Morgan’s first log cabin at his homestead near Sexsmith. Harry and his family came to the Peace Country in 1914 via the Edson Trail. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 195. See also negative 116.09.01.01.849.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.423
Harry Morgan’s Oxen, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
Harry Morgan’s team of four oxen. Harry and his family came to the Peace Country in 1914, via the Edson Trail.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.424
Harry Morgan Family, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
The Harry Morgan family coming to the Peace Country in 1914, via the Edson Trail. The family is shown in or beside a wagon pulled by two oxen next to a log house. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 195. See also negative 116.09.01.01.848
Location: 0116.09.01.02.425
Buckskin Charlie, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 3 in.
Buckskin Charlie (Charles Wellington Connor) on the Edson Trail. Charlie is seated on the back of a wagon box with an unidentified man looking on. See also negative 116.09.01.01.756.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.426
Grande Prairie to Edmonton Stage, 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 3.25 in.
A group travelling to Edmonton from Grande Prairie by horse-drawn stage.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.427
Edna Agar Enroute to Grande Prairie, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.75 in.
Edna Agar and two men enroute to Grande Prairie in 1912 over the Edson Trail.They are shown beside Bob Cochrane’s caboose. See also negative 116.09.01.01.779.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.428
Edna Agar and Bob Cochrane on the Edson Trail, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
Edna Agar, unknown, and Bob Cochrane enroute to Grande Prairie from Edson via the Edson Trail. They are standing beside a caboose pulled by oxen. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 178. See also negative 116.09.01.01.769.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.429
Miller Stopping Place, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 1.5 in.
The L. H. Miller stopping place, located 42 miles out of Edson on the Edson Trail to Grande Prairie. Two teams of oxen pulling loads of groceries for Grande Prairie are shown in the foreground. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 164. See also negative 116.09.01.01.764.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.430
Leaving on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 4.5 in.
A typical Edson Trail scene showing sleighs loaded with crates and pulled by oxen leaving for Grande Prairie. See also photograph 116.09.01.02.780.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.431
Leaving on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 6.75 in.
A line of cabooses and sleighs pulled by oxen departing for Grande Prairie in winter. The original caption states “Leaving Immigration Hall Edmonton for Grande Prairie.” Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 91. See also negative 116.09.01.01.768.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.432
“Big” Smoky River, [ca. 1911]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.75 x 3.5 in.
A view of the “Big” Smoky River valley taken from the top of one of the banks. Used in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 224. See also negative 116.09.01.01.861.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.433
Smoky River Ferry, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 4 in.
A loaded ferry crosses the Smoky River. Another car waits onshore and there are various boats pulled up along the bank.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.434
Crossing the Smoky River by Boat, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 4 in.
Crossing the Smoky River in a canoe/rowboat with the mail. Notice the ice on shore. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 342. See also negative 116.09.01.01.648.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.435
Building an Ice Bridge, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4 in.
Building an ice bridge on the Smoky River. An unidentified group including a man, woman, and two children is shown in the foreground. See also negative 116.09.01.01.754.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.436
Building a Dam, 1938
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 4.75 in.
Tom Hale and Pete Knox building a dam in the creek using horses and a Fresno. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 109. See also negative 116.09.01.01.388.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.437
Flooded Road, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4.75 in.
Horses and cars on a flooded road between Crooked Creek and DeBolt in the late 1930s. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 345. See also negative 116.09.01.01.551.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.438
Morrison-Sargent Bus, [ca. 1945]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
The Sargent-Morrison bus parked outside of Morrison’s General Store. This was the first bus in the Peace Country. See also negative 116.09.01.01.1058.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.439
Morrison-Sargent Bus, [ca. 1945]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.5 in.
The Sargent-Morrison bus loaded with passengers. This was the first bus in the Peace Country. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 201. See also negative 116.09.01.01.659.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.440
Mail Wagon Stuck in the Mud, Fall 1941
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 6.75 in.
Bill Sargent and his tractor train get stuck in the mud enroute to Grande Prairie. A small Ford tractor is trying to get the mail wagon through. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 344. See also negative 116.09.01.01.552 and 116.09.01.01.671.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.441
Mail Wagon Stuck in the Mud, Fall 1941
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 6 in.
(L to R) Walter Peterson, Jim Hughson, Tiny Voshall, and Elmer Nystrom attempt to push the mail wagon out of the mud. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 345. See also negative 116.09.01.01.553.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.442
Mail Wagon Stuck in the Mud, Fall 1941
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 6 in.
(L to R) Walter Peterson, Jim Hughson, and Elmer Nystrom attempt to get the mail wagon out of the mud. A second tractor is visible in the foreground. See also negative 116.09.01.01.971.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.443
Mail Wagon Stuck in the Mud, Fall 1941
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 6 in.
A group of men attempt to get the mail wagon out of the mud. A second tractor has come to help. See also negative 116.09.01.01.972.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.444
Airplane Stuck in the Mud, April 9, 1943
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A mercy-flight plane landed on the highway east of DeBolt. The purpose of the flight was to pick up Annie Glaubitz. The plane got stuck in the mud.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.445
Airplane Stuck in the Mud, April 9, 1943
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
A mercy-flight plane landed on the highway east of DeBolt. The purpose of the flight was to pick up Annie Glaubitz. The plane got stuck in the mud. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 345. See also negative 116.09.01.01.623.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.446
Trucks Stuck in Ice, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Several trucks partially fallen through the ice on the Smoky River. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 343. See also negative 116.09.01.01.649.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.447
Trucks Stuck in Ice, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
Two trucks partially fallen through the ice on the Smoky River. An attempt is being made to raise one of them.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.448
Smoky River in Flood, 1935
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Buildings partially underwater during a Smoky River flood. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 341. See also 116.09.01.01.656.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.449
Ferry at Simonette River, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
The ferry on the Simonette River operated by Reg Moody.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.450
Mail Truck on Ferry, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Mr. Trottier and the mail truck on the ferry crossing the Smoky River. The ferryman was Fred Sedore.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.451
Smoky River Ferry, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
The Smoky River ferry loaded with a car, horses and wagons, and several people. The ferryman was Fred Sedore.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.452
Smoky River Ferry, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4.25 in.
Fred Sedore running the Smoky River Ferry. Part of a car and a group of passengers are also shown.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.453
Smoky River Ferry, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3.5 in.
The ferry on the Smoky River. The ferry is not carrying any passengers or freight in this photograph. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 343. See also negative 116.09.01.01.653.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.454
Smoky River Ferry, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 4.25 in.
The ferry on the Smoky River. The ferry is loaded with a car, truck, and passengers and is ready to depart for the other bank. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 343. See also negative 116.09.01.01.654.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.455
Smoky River Ferry, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.5 in
The Smoky River ferry transporting a truck across the river. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 343. See also negative 116.09.01.01.652.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.456
Crossing the Smoky River in the Basket, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4.25 in.
Bill Sargent and Ester Duerksen crossing the Smoky River in a basket suspended from a cable over the river. This method was used when there was still too much ice on the river for the ferry to operate. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 342. See also negative 116.09.01.01.646.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.457
Spring Break-Up, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
A truck beside the Smoky River during spring break-up. The ice has just gone out and piled high on the shore. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 343. See also negative 116.09.01.01.651.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.458
Spring Break-Up, 1940
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Ed Dierker and others helping to haul the mail across the Smoky River.The canoes are in the ice. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 342. See also negative 116.09.01.01.647.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.459
Building an Ice Bridge, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Building an ice bridge across the Smoky River. Ice and open water are visible.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.460
Smoky River Bridge Construction, [ca. 1949]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 7.25 in.
Scaffolding and some machinery is visible in this photograph of the starting stages of the construction of the Smoky River Bridge. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 348. See also negative 116.09.01.01.243.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.461
Smoky River Bridge Construction, [ca. 1949]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2 in.
The first piers are up and some of the steel framework installed in this photograph of the construction of the Smoky River Bridge. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 348. See also negative 116.09.01.01.244.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.462
Smoky River Bridge Construction, [ca. 1949]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
The first piers are up and some of the steel framework installed in this photograph of the construction of the Smoky River Bridge. A car and three men are shown in the foreground. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 348. See also negative 116.09.01.01.245.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.463
Smoky River Bridge Construction, [ca. 1949]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4.25 in.
The first piers are up and some of the steel framework installed in this photograph of the construction of the Smoky River Bridge. The ice is going out of the river and a large group of spectators is shown on the ground.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.464
Smoky River Bridge Construction, [ca. 1949]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 4.75 in.
Two piers are up and some of the steel framework installed in this photograph of the construction of the Smoky River Bridge. Scaffolding is visible across the rest of the river. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 348. See also negative 116.09.01.01.246.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.465
Last Ferry Run, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 4.75 in.
The last ferry run across the Smoky River on the day of the bridge’s opening. A large number of spectators are gathered on both sides of the river. The completed Smoky River Bridge is visible to the right. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 349. See also negative 116.09.01.01.974.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.466
First Nations in Bridge Opening, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 7 x 4 in.
First Nations, some wearing regalia, lead the parade off the bridge at the Smoky River Bridge opening. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 350. See also negative 116.09.01.01.251.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.467
First Nations in Bridge Opening, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
First Nations, some wearing regalia, lead the parade at the Smoky River Bridge opening.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.468
Hudson’s Bay Company Float, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 3 in.
The Hudson’s Bay Company float in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade, featuring a canoe and several costumed men, including Paul Deimert. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 350. See also negative 116.09.01.01.252.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.469
Hudson’s Bay Company Float, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
The Hudson’s Bay Company float in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade, featuring a canoe and several costumed men, including Paul Deimert. The photograph is taken from the bridge. Spectators, cabins, tents, and cars are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 351. See also negative 116.09.01.01.253.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.470
Hudson’s Bay Company Float, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2.5 in.
The Hudson’s Bay Company float in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade, featuring a canoe and several costumed men, including Paul Deimert.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.471
Stage Coach Float, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 5.5 in.
A horse-drawn stage coach with outriders in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 351. See also negative 116.09.01.01.259.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.472
Stage Coach Float, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 3.75 in.
A horse-drawn stage coach in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade. The photograph is taken from the bridge. Spectators, cabins, tents, and cars are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 351. See also negative 116.09.01.01.260.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.473
Covered Wagon Float, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3.25 in.
Wilfred Yates with his team of oxen pulling a covered wagon in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade. The side of the wagon canvas reads “Grande Prairie or Bust”. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 352. See also negative 116.09.01.01.258.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.474
Wolf Float, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 3.25 in.
A truck in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade featuring streamers and a mounted wolf.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.475
La Glace and District Float, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3.75 in.
The La Glace and District float in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade. The float was sponsored by the La Glace Board of Trade and featured a number of model buildings on a flat-bed trailer bulled by a truck. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 352. See also negative 116.09.01.01.257.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.476
DeBolt Float, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5.25 in.
The DeBolt float in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade. (L to R) Margaret Starkey, Elvina Goldring, Noreen Coogan, and Dorothy Moore. The float is decorated with grain and clover blossoms and each girl has a wreath of clover in her hair. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 350 and in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 42. See also negative 116.09.01.01.254.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.477
Anglican Church Float, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.75 in.
The Anglican Church float in the Smoky River Bridge opening parade. The float features a model log church on a wagon pulled by the Anglican Church Athabasca Diocese Sunday School Mission van. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 351. See also negative 116.09.01.01.262.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.478
Smoky River Bridge Opening Parade, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
A view of a few of the floats in the Smoky Bridge Opening parade taken from the bridge. Spectators, cabins, tents, and cars are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 351. See also negative 116.09.01.01.261.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.479
Model T Float, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Putting water in the Model T, one of the floats in the Smoky Bridge Opening parade. The Model T is decorated with various flags and banners and a sign reading “Muskeg Flea.” A large number of spectators is visible in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.480
Smoky River Bridge Opening, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
The day of the Smoky River Bridge opening. A large crowd of spectators has assembled on the bridge. The photograph was taken from the ground looking up at the bridge. See also negative 116.09.01.01.975.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.481
Smoky River Bridge Opening Parade, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.75 in.
The Smoky River Bridge opening parade crossing the bridge. The photograph was taken from the ground where a large group of spectators has gathered (visible in the foreground). Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 350. See also negative 116.09.01.01.250.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.482
Smoky River Bridge Opening, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 3.5 in.
The day of the Smoky River Bridge opening. The photograph shows a line of vehicles parked on one bank with crowds of people visible on and across the bridge. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 352. See also negative 116.09.01.01.248.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.483
Smoky River Bridge Opening Parade, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 2.5 in.
The Smoky River Bridge opening parade crosses over and under the bridge. The float in the foreground is a covered wagon with the words “Grande Prairie or Bust” written on the canvas cover. The photograph shows crowds of people lining the parade route. Used in “Bridges to the Past,” p. iii. See also negative 116.09.01.01.976.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.484
Smoky River Bridge Opening, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A photograph of the Smoky River Bridge opening showing three adults, each holding a child, next to the barrier on the bridge.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.485
Smoky River Bridge Opening, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 7 in.
A photograph of the Smoky River Bridge opening showing people crossing the bridge for the first time. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 353. See also negative 116.09.01.01.249.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.486
Smoky River Ferry and Bridge, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 7 in.
The old ferry and the new bridge over the Smoky River on the day of the Smoky River Bridge opening. The ferry is loaded with people and vehicles and the bridge is lined with spectators. This may be the last ferry crossing the Smoky River. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 349. See also negative 116.09.01.01.247.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.487
Smoky River Ferry and Bridge, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
A view of the Smoky River taken from the hill south of Leveille’s.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.488
Smoky River Valley, September 2006
1 photograph; colour; 8 x 4 in.
A view of the Smoky River showing divided Highway 43 and the new bridge.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.489
Smoky River Bridge Opening, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3.25 in.
Celebration in honour of the opening of the Smoky River bridge. The photograph shows crowds of people gathering, parked vehicles, and tents and small structures. The tents were set up as concessions, although most families brought their own lunch and some stayed over night.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.490
Smoky River Bridge Opening Parade, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A portion of the parade celebrating the opening of the Smoky River Bridge. The photograph was taken from the bridge and shows the Anglican Church float on the left, the Hudson’s Bay Company float in the centre of the photograph and the First Nations group on the right.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.491
Smoky River Bridge Opening Parade, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A decorated float in the back of a truck in the Smoky River Bridge Opening parade. The photograph was taken from the bridge and gathered crowds and parked vehicles are also visible.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.492
Smoky River Bridge Opening Parade, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Part of the Smoky River Bridge Opening parade, including the Hudson’s Bay Company float and pack horses. The photograph was taken from the bridge and the Smoky Café (far left), parked cars, and a few spectators are also visible.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.493
Smoky River Bridge Opening Parade, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Part of the Smoky River Bridge Opening parade, including an unidentified float pulled by a tractor. The photograph was taken from the bridge and the Smoky Café (far left), parked cars, and a few spectators are also visible.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.494
Smoky River Bridge Opening Parade, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Part of the Smoky River Bridge Opening parade. The photograph was taken from the bridge and the Smoky Café (far left), parked cars, and a gathered spectators are also visible.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.495
Beaverlodge Band, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
The Beaverlodge Band playing at the Smoky River Bridge Opening.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.496
Smoky River Bridge Opening, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 5.5 in.
Parking at the Smoky River Bridge opening, probably on the west side of the river.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.497
Moving Smoky River Bridge, 1978
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5 in.
Bridge spans in the Smoky River Bridge being winched across to new location.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.498
Moving Smoky River Bridge, 1978
1 photograph; colour; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
Spectators watch as the Smoky River Bridge is moved.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.499
Moving Smoky River Bridge, 1978
1 photograph; colour; 5 x 3.5 in.
Smoky River Bridge being moved across to a new pier.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.500
Moving Smoky River Bridge, 1978
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
Movement of the Smoky River Bridge onto a new pier is almost complete.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.501
East Smoky School Children, [ca. 1943]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
A group photograph of East Smoky School children including Mildred Platt, Edith Platt, June Platt, Alice Munro, Teddy Krause, Elaine Krause, Norman Krause, Eleanor Newman, Fin MacDonald, Janet MacDonald, Cherry Crowe, Clyde Crowe, Marion Crowe, Billy Thew, Bobby Thew, Bob Dowling, June Dowling, Ron Dowling, Beaulah Dowling, B.D. Patterson, Patricia Patterson, Jean Weatherby, Margaret Steiner, Arthur Steiner, Albert Steiner, and Freda Steiner. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 295. See also negative 116.09.01.01.578.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.502
East Smoky School, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3.25 in.
Exterior view of East Smoky School, built in 1934. This building was latter added to and became the Goodwin Hall.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.503
Goodwin Hall, 1995
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
Exterior view of Goodwin Hall. The central section of the Hall was formerly East Smoky School #4198.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.504
Ravenna School Children, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
Group photograph of Ravenna School students. Back row, left to right: Miss Jantz, Edith Henry, Isabel Lindsey, Maxine Franks, Billy Henry. Second row, left to right: Marita Franks, Lloyd Franks, Ernie Sedore. Third row, left to right: Bonnie McArthur, Vernon Lind, Kenny Calberry, Len Franks, and Bessie Sedore. Front row, left to right: Lorna McArthur and Glenda Franks. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 303. See also negative 116.09.01.01.580.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.505
North Goodwin School, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 6 in.
An interior photograph of the North Goodwin School showing the Morrison children and a Christmas tree.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.506
North Goodwin School and Teacherage, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 6 in.
An exterior view of the North Goodwin School and Teacherage.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.507
DeBolt School, 1923
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 4 in.
First schoolhouse just north of DeBolt, built using vertical logs.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.508
Second Class DeBolt School, 1924
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.25 in.
The first school (DeBolt) built between the two Smoky rivers opened February 23, 1923. DeBolt School’s second class: Winnie DeBolt, Dorothy DeBolt, Robert Mehlum, Howard Voshall, Harold Voshall, and teacher Ernie Clark. Used in “Beginnings – A History of the East Smoky School Division No. 54,” p. 48 and in “Across the Smoky,” p. 291. See also negative 116.09.01.01.570.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.509
DeBolt School Students, 1933
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75 in.
DeBolt School being held in the log church with Hattie Warren as teacher. Front row: Malcolm McArthur, Claude Robertson, Jackie Grant, Ken Riding, Carl Peterson, Harvey Riding, Dean Matlock, Arthur Robertson, and Richard Bickell. Second row: Leota Wilburn, Alice Boe, Evelyn Wilburn, Georgina Given, Eula Matlock, Lily Given, Opal Boe, Izora Matlock, Elizabeth (Toots) Peterson, and Reg Perkins. Third row: Katherine Doerkson, Charlotte Bickell, Jackie DeBolt, Anita Peterson, Angus McArthur, Donald Matlock, Stanley Robertshaw, and Edward Wilburn. Back row: Robert Given, Barbara Matlock, Dale DeBolt, John Doerkson, Earl Peterson, and Henry Doerkson. Used in “Beginnings – A History of the East Smoky School Division No. 54,” p. 48 and in “Across the Smoky,” p. 293. See also negative 116.09.01.01.569.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.510
Stella Becker, [ca. 1927]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 4.75 in.
Stella Becker, teacher at DeBolt school from 1927 to 1928. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 295. See also negative 116.09.01.01.573.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.511
DeBolt School Students, 1931
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
DeBolt School students while classes were being held at the Hall. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 293. See also negative 116.09.01.01.567.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.512
DeBolt School Picnic, [ca. 1932]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 5.75 in.
Group photograph of parents and students at the DeBolt School Picnic. Attendees include Bill Perkins Sr., Tom Starkey, John Mehlum, Lorne McArthur, Tom Belford, Charlie Moore, McLarty, Jimmy Tuffin, Albert Matlock, Belle Matlock, Clyde Matlock, Dale DeBolt, Donald Matlock, Angus McArthur, Florence Knox, Jean McNicol, Mrs. Pete Doekson Sr., Barbara Matlock, Mary Fehr, Alice Boe, Ena Matlock, Irene Wilburn, Ed Mehlum, Hattie Warren, Janet Fehr, Ina Matlock, Art Belford, Mrs. Galager, Elbert DeBolt, Tony Singstad, Winnie Moore, Vivian Roe, Anne Fehr, Frank Cavett, Ernie Clark, Edith Riding, Annie Doerkson, Eula Matlock, Helen McArthur, Susan Perkins, Eleanor Boe, Ellis Turner, Ken Riding, Maurice Robertson, Richard Bickell, Dean Matlock, Lily Given, Esther Doerkson, Laura DeBolt, Art Belford, Walter Peterson, Jock Navarra, Preston Matlock, and Harold Bowman.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.513
Edson Trail School, December 22, 1936
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
A group of children near the entrance to the Edson Trail School, built on the trail in the summer of 1936. Used in “Beginnings – A History of the East Smoky School Division No. 54,” p. 51.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.514
Edson Trail School, [ca. 1948]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.25 in.
Edson Trail School students. Back row, left to right: teacher Belle Matlock, Alvin Snydmiller, Leslie Airth, Gail Matlock, Don Snydmiller, Carol Clarke, Bill Snydmiller, Shirley McArthur, Wilbert Airth, Lorna Snydmiller, Marian Knox, Jim Klassen, Maurice Moore, Terry Morrison, Larry McArthur, and Ken Klassen. Centre row, left to right: Merrick Stanton, Marie Ringle, Margaret Knox, and Patsy Pender. Seated, left to right: Marvin Moore, ?, Robert Matlock, ?, George Matlock, Gary Knox, Michael Stanton, Ralph Ringle, Ken Norten, and Lee Groves. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 294. See also negative 116.09.01.01.575.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.515
Edson Trail School being Demolished, 1987
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
The second Edson Trail School being demolished after years of service. The last classes held in this school were in 1973.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.516
Cornwall School Students, March 1944
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
Cornwall School students. Back row, left to right: Dorothy Ratzlaff, Pat Wilson, Dora Hauff, Anne Wilson, and Elsie Ratzlaff. Middle row, left to right: Arthur Ratzlaff, Lillian Ratzlaff, Marylou Ratzlaff, Margaret Nelms, Bob Wilson, and Rosa Hauff. Front row, left to right: Jim Wilson, Verna Ratzlaff, and Margaret Ratzlaff.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.517
Simonette School Students, 1940-1941
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
Simonette School students. Back row, left to right: Fay Clarke, Ruth Sutherland, Eileen Clarke, Bob Sutherland, Wagner Sheffield, and Pat Frakes. Middle row, left to right: Nora Giesbrecht, Elva Bowers, Don Clarke, Wilfred Lemkey, and Bud Sheffield. Front row, left to right: Carole Clarke, Lorraine Lemkey, and Bud Giesbrecht. Used in “Beginnings – A History of the East Smoky School Division No. 54,” p. 183 and in “Across the Smoky,” p. 303.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.518
Simonette School Students, 1951
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 7 in.
Simonette School students in the Spring of 1951.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.519
Ridgevalley Graduating Class, June 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
The first Ridgevalley School graduating class: Henry Toews (superintendent), Lloyd Bronson, Steven Knobbe, Werner Schmidt (principal), Dyanne Reimer, Darlene Murphy, Marie Ringle, Eva Thiessen, and Phobe Friesen. Used in “Beginnings – A History of the East Smoky School Division No. 54,” p. 86.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.520
Ralph Selke and Wendell Greentree, [ca. 1945]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
Ralph Selke with his dog harnessed to pull a toboggan bearing Wendell Greentree. The roof of the Sturgeon Heights School is visible in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.521
Sturgeon Heights School Students, [ca. 1945]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
Sturgeon Heights School students with a sleigh box outside of the school. Left to right: Sharon Perry, Trudy Weiss, Adolph Weiss, Wendell Greentree, Keith Perry, and Ralph Selke.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.522
Trudy Weiss and Gladys Walega, [ca. 1945]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
Sturgeon Heights School students Trudy Weiss and Gladys Walega in front of the school door.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.523
Sturgeon Heights School, [ca. 1945]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
Sturgeon Heights School students stand in the box of a sleigh outside of the school. Left to right: Trudy Weiss, Ralph Selke, Chris Weiss, Adolph Weiss, Clara Weiss, Elaine Perry, Sharon Perry, Elizabeth Weiss, and Marlene Weiss (in front).
Location: 0116.09.01.02.524
East Smoky School Division Office, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
The East Smoky School Division Office located in DeBolt for many years. Used in “Beginnings – A History of the East Smoky School Division No. 54,” p. 6.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.525
East Smoky School Division Office, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.75 x 4.25 in.
An exterior view of the East Smoky School Division Office with a man standing in the doorway and a car parked on one side. The Divisional office was located in DeBolt for many years. The reverse of the photograph includes Christmas and New Year’s greetings from Robert Mehlum, secretary of the School Division for many years, to the Moore family.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.526
Junior Red Cross Parade, July 11, 1930
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 2.25 in.
The Junior Red Cross parade at the 1930 DeBolt Sports Day/Stampede. Includes (right to left): Anita Peterson, ?, Winnie DeBolt, ?, Dorothy DeBolt, Mary Doerkson?, and others. The tall boy may be Dale DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 331. See also negative 116.09.01.01.619.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.527
Diamond Jubilee Parade, July 1, 1927
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 4.75 in.
A parade of students in honour of the Diamond Jubilee of Confederation, July 1, 1927. Shown are students Winnie DeBolt, Robert Mehlum, Howard Voshall, Dorothy DeBolt, Dale DeBolt, “Tiny” (Harold) Voshall. Their teacher was Stella Becker. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 339. See also negative 116.09.01.01.591.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.528
DeBolt Stampede, 1930
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
The DeBolt Stampede July 11-12, 1930. The photograph shows a rider on a horse with numerous spectators and parked cars visible in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.529
DeBolt Stampede, 1931
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
Stampede at the DeBolt sports grounds. A cowboy is riding a bucking bronco while numerous spectators watch. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 23. See also negative 116.09.01.01.879.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.530
DeBolt Stampede, 1932
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Men on horseback catch a bronco at the DeBolt Stampede at the DeBolt sports grounds. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 24 and in “Across the Smoky,” p. 332. See also negative 116.09.01.01.880.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.531
DeBolt Stampede, 1934
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Three men attempt to milk a wild cow at the 1934 DeBolt Stampede at the DeBolt sports grounds.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.532
DeBolt Stampede, 1934
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
A group of men cluster around an animal on the ground, likely during an event, at the DeBolt Stampede.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.533
DeBolt Stampede, 1934
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Steer riding at the 1934 DeBolt Stampede.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.534
DeBolt Stampede, [ca. 1934]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Bronco riding at the DeBolt Stampede.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.535
DeBolt Stampede, [ca. 1934]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Bronco riding at the DeBolt Stampede. Spectators lining the fence are visible in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.536
DeBolt Stampede, [ca. 1934]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Announcer Elbert DeBolt, a horse, and an unidentified man at the DeBolt Stampede.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.537
DeBolt Stampede, 1932
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Riders in the infield and a crowd at the fence at the 1932 DeBolt Stampede.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.538
Parade, [ca. 1937]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Part of the May 1937 Coronation Day Parade or 1935 DeBolt Stampede Parade including a team of six horses pulling a wagon filled with people and several other horses and teams.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.539
Parade, [ca. 1937]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 3.25 in.
Part of the May 1937 Coronation Day Parade or 1935 DeBolt Stampede Parade including a team of six horses pulling a wagon and a rider on another horse. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 339. See also negative 116.09.01.01.592.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.540
DeBolt Stampede, 1930
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Calf riding at the 1930 DeBolt Stampede. Spectators, tents, and a cabin are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 331 and in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 23. See also negative 116.09.01.01.877.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.541
DeBolt Stampede, 1930
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Stampede clowns Tom Moore and Charlie Goldring at the 1930 DeBolt Stampede. Spectators are visible in the background. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 331 and in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 23. See also negative 116.09.01.01.620.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.542
DeBolt Stampede, 1931
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 6.5 in.
Stampede announcer Elbert DeBolt on horseback at the 1931 DeBolt Stampede. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 332 and in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 24. See also negative 116.09.01.01.613.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.543
DeBolt Sports Day, 1929
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 4.75 in.
A photograph of the 1929 DeBolt Sports Day/Stampede showing parked vehicles and spectators. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 331 and in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 8. See also negative 116.09.01.01.612.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.544
Ball Game, 1929
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 4 in.
Ball game at the DeBolt Sports Grounds. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 8. See also negative 116.09.01.01.876.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.545
Donut Stand, 1934
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 4.75 in.
Harry Burgess and his donut stand helpers (left to right) Ruth Hughson, Katherine Fehr, and Dorothy DeBolt at the 1934 DeBolt Stampede and Sports Day. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 24 and in “Across the Smoky,” p. 332. See also negative 116.09.01.01.615.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.546
Coronation Parade, 1937
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
Parade in honour of the Coronation of King George VI. The photograph shows the royal carriage driven by Elbert DeBolt with the “King”, “Queen”, and their attendants inside. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 19 and in “Across the Smoky,” p. 340. See also negative 116.09.01.01.593.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.547
Coronation Parade, 1937
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Parade in honour of the Coronation of King George VI. The photograph shows a side view of the royal carriage, driven by Elbert DeBolt, with the “King”, “Queen”, and their attendants inside.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.548
Coronation Parade, 1937
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Parade in honour of the Coronation of King George VI. The photograph shows the team of eight horses, some with riders, pulling the royal carriage with the “King”, “Queen”, and their attendants inside. Elbert DeBolt is the driver of the carriage and Charlie Moore is on the lead team. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 19 and in “Across the Smoky,” p. 340. See also negative 116.09.01.01.594.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.549
Premier Brownlee’s Visit, 1929
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 3.25 in.
Premier J. E. Brownlee and MLA Hugh Allen beside a wagon and horses during the Premier’s visit to DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 339. See also negative 116.09.01.01.599.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.550
Premier Brownlee’s Visit, 1929
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3.25 in.
A group of men gathered around parked cars during Premier J. E. Brownlee’s visit to DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 339. See also negative 116.09.01.01.598.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.551
DeBolt Community Hall, [ca. 1929]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 2.25 in.
The DeBolt Community Hall built in 1929 by E. McKinley. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 289 and in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,”cover and p. 10. See also negative 116.09.01.01.600.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.552
“Spooky Tavern” Play, February 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
“Spooky Tavern”, a play performed in February 1958 at the DeBolt Community Hall. Actors include (left to right) Barbara Turner, Maurice Moore, and Neva Thompson.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.553
DeBolt Community Hall, [ca. 1990]
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
The DeBolt Community Hall. The front section was built in 1967 with an addition made at the back in 1975.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.554
DeBolt Community Hall, [ca. 1990]
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
The DeBolt Community Hall. The front section was built in 1967 with an addition made at the back in 1975.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.555
DeBolt Curling Rink, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 2 in.
DeBolt’s first curling rink, opened in 1938. For the first year it had only one sheet of ice. Thereafter it was expanded to two sheets of ice. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 290 and in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 52. See also negative 116.09.01.01.604.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.556
DeBolt Curling Rink, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2 in.
DeBolt’s first curling rink. For the first year it had only one sheet of ice. Thereafter it was expanded to two sheets of ice. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 290. See also negative 116.09.01.01.603.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.557
DeBolt Bonspiel Winners, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 3.25 in.
DeBolt Bonspiel winners, on wet ice: Don Matlock, Roy Bickell, Gerry Gunby, and Bob Given. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 335. See also negative 116.09.01.01.606.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.558
DeBolt High School Curling Team, 1965
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
DeBolt high school boys’ curling team Provincials in Calgary, 1965. Left to right: Rick Pushor, Doug Stanvick, coach Marvin Moore, Ken Babb, and Keith Froland.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.559
Curling Team, 1940
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
A curling team consisting of Dale DeBolt (or possibly Pete Doekson, Jr.), Robert Mehlum, Jack DeBolt, and Carl Peterson.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.560
DeBolt Curling Rink Fire, 1972
1 photograph; colour; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
DeBolt Curling Rink on fire. The rink burned to the ground. The DeBolt Hotel is visible in the foreground. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 87. See also negative 116.09.01.01.917.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.561
Building New Curling Rink, [ca. 1972]
1 photograph; colour; 3 x 3.75 in.
Volunteers Art Loewen, Willard Logan, and Bob hauling the logs to build a new curling rink. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 87. See also negative 116.09.01.01.922.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.562
Building New Curling Rink, [ca. 1972]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 3 in.
The crew, consisting of Don Charney, Bill, and Maurice Moore, working at the sawmill to build a new curling rink. Used in “DeBolt Country Club & Agricultural Society 60th Anniversary Book,” p. 87. See also negative 116.09.01.01.923.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.563
Building New Curling Rink, [ca. 1972]
1 photograph; colour; 3.75 x 3 in.
Norm Charney, Don Charney, Maurice Moore, and Bill stacking lumber to build a new curling rink.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.564
Building New Curling Rink, [ca. 1972]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 3 in.
Don Charney, Bill, Maurice Moore, and Rob at the sawmill in preparation for building a new curling rink.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.565
Lebinski’s Moose, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 2 in.
Frank Sanderson, Ed Lebinski, and his moose at the McArthur Store in Sturgeon Heights. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 313. See also negative 116.09.01.01.516.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.566
Lebinski’s Moose, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.75 in.
Josie Harrington, Donna McArthur, and Ed Lebinski’s moose at Sturgeon Heights School. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 313. See also negative 116.09.01.01.517.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.567
Gathering at Matlock’s Lake, 1931
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Folks gather on the ice at Matlock’s Lake.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.568
Target Practice, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3 in.
Target practice during the haying season at Dorothy DeBolt’s homestead, NE7-73-2 W6th. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 335. See also negative 116.09.01.01.611.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.569
Irma Altenhof, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Irma Altenhof standing in a plowed field with a dog.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.570
Plowed Field, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
A plowed field, likely Altenhof’s.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.571
Women and Children at Sturgeon Lake, [ca. 1934]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
A group of First Nations women and children at a gathering at Sturgeon Lake July 1, 1934 or 1935. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 332. See also negative 116.09.01.01.549.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.572
Lake Saskatoon Sports Day, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75 in.
A large number of spectators watch a baseball game at the Lake Saskatoon Sports Day.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.573
Birthday Party, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 2.75 in.
A group of women and children gather around a pair of cakes during a birthday party at Goodwin.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.574
4-H Club at Crooked Creek, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3.25 in.
The first 4-H Club at Crooked Creek at the Mother-Daughter supper. Back row, left to right: Verna Jobson, Laureen Logan, Pat Nikolaus, and Marilyn Loewen. Front row, left to right: Sandra Clark, Lynn Adams, and Louise Gravel. Used in “Bridges to the Past,” p. 392.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.575
Visit to the Beaverlodge Experimental Station, [ca. 1933]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.5 in.
A group of DeBolt citizens in Lloyd Field’s truck on a visit to the Beaverlodge Experimental Station. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 338. See also negative 116.09.01.01.586.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.576
Beaverlodge Experimental Station, 1933
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
A group of DeBolt citizens visiting the Beaverlodge Experimental Station. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 338. See also negative 116.09.01.01.588.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.577
Perkin’s Experimental Plots, 1940-1941
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3.75 in.
A group inspecting Bill and Susan Perkin’s experimental seed plots.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.578
Field Day at Perkins, 1934
1 photograph; b & w; 5.75 x 3.25 in.
A 4-H field day at the home of W. Perkins. A large crowd looks at the 4-H Club boys’ calves.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.579
4-H Calves, 1972
1 photograph; colour; 3.25 x 3.25 in.
The 4-H calves of Donna and Robert Lenes.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.580
4-H Beef Club Christmas Party, 1982
1 photograph; colour; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
A group photograph of the 4-H Beef Club gathered for their Christmas Party in 1982. Used in “Bridges to the Past,” p. 393.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.581
4-H Beef Club Trophy, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
Arlene Logan presents a 4-H Beef Club trophy to D. Klassen.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.582
4-H Beef Club Auction, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
An auction of 4-H Beef Club animals by Hammon and Trottier Auction Service. The photograph shows a young member leading a prize-winning animal with the auctioneers in the back of a truck in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.583
4-H Beef Club Showing Calves, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Members of the 4-H Beef Club, including Kevin Airth, show their calves. Spectators are visible in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.584
4-H Beef Club Showing Calves, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
Members of the 4-H Beef Club, show their calves.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.585
4-H Beef Club, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
Members of the 4-H Beef Club, sitting on the fence at a calf show (and possibly auction).
Location: 0116.09.01.02.586
4-H Beef Club Trophy Presentation, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
A member of the 4-H Beef Club receives a trophy.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.587
Sturgeon Lake Sports Day, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
A group of DeBolt homesteaders at the Sturgeon Lake Sports Day. Standing, left to right: Elbert DeBolt, Cy Young, Ove Nielson, and Tom Rice. Seated, left to right: Jack McLaughlin, Bill LeValley, Irene Cummings (first East Smoky teacher), Ellis Turner, Virginia De Bolt, Mary Walters, and George DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 331. See also negative 116.09.01.01.621.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.588
Group of Ladies, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
A group of ladies gathered around a piano, including Barbara Turner and Edith Riding.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.589
DeBolt Pioneers, August 12, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
A group of DeBolt pioneers including: Mrs. Clyde Matlock, Susan Perkins, Edith Riding, Mrs. Ringle, George DeBolt (front), and Harry Warren.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.590
DeBolt Oldtimers, August 12, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
A group of male DeBolt oldtimers: Harry Warren, Bill (Terril?), John Riding, Bill Perkins, George Ringle, Frank Stevenson, Ed Sheltreau, John Gallagher, and George DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.591
DeBolt Oldtimers, August 12, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
A group of female DeBolt oldtimers. Back row, left to right: Mattie Bowman, Mrs. Clyde Matlock, Mrs. Ringle, Edith Riding, and Mrs. Stevenson. Front row, left to right: ? And Susan Perkins.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.592
First Picnic at DeBolt, July 4, 1921
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
A group of men at the first picnic at DeBolt on July 4, 1921. The site used was later the Earl Peterson home lot. Standing: B. Clarke, E. DeBolt, C. Young, O. Nielson, J. Mitchell, J. McGilvery, A. J. McLarty, G. Willard, and E. Clarke. Seated: F. Stanton, G. DeBolt, H. Bowman, G. Tilley, B. Leonard, J. Mehlum, J. Goodwin, and D. Goodwin. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 330 and in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p.258. See also negative 116.09.01.01.870.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.593
First Picnic at DeBolt, July 4, 1921
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.75 in.
A group of ladies and children at the first picnic at DeBolt on July 4, 1921. The site used was later the Earl Peterson home lot. Left to right: Winnie DeBolt, Virginia DeBolt, Mrs. Jim Goodwin, Dorothy DeBolt, Laura DeBolt, Beauchamp Clarke, Dale DeBolt, Frank Clarke, Robert Mehlum, and Pearl Mehlum. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 330 and in “Edson to Grande Prairie Trail,” p. 257. See also negative 116.09.01.01.869.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.594
First Picnic at DeBolt, July 4, 1921
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
A group of children at the first picnic at DeBolt on July 4, 1921. The site used was later the Earl Peterson home lot. Left to right: Robert Mehlum, Winnie DeBolt holding Dale DeBolt, Dorothy DeBolt holding David Goodwin, Frank Clarke, and Beauchamp Clarke.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.595
DeBolt Ladies Group, 1951
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5.25 in.
A group of DeBolt ladies posed outside a house.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.596
George DeBolt’s Birthday Tea, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
A group of DeBolt oldtimers, male and female, gathered outside a home for one of George DeBolt’s birthday teas.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.597
DeBolt Oldtimers, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 4 in.
A group of female DeBolt oldtimers. Back row, left to right: Mrs. McKinley, Mrs. Gitzel, Mary Jackson, Mrs. Warren, Mrs. McDonald, and Gladys Morrison. Front row, left to right: Mrs. Grant, Mrs. Perkins, and Mrs. Riding.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.598
Birthday Party, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; colour; 3.25 x 3.25 in.
A group of DeBolt ladies gathered for a birthday party. Left to right: Mrs. Boe, Mrs. Renspie, Mattie Bowman, Gertrude Dana, Mrs. Stevenson, and Mrs. Riding. Seated, left to right: Mrs. Dodd and Sue Perkins.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.599
Birthday Party, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; colour; 3.75 x 3.75 in.
A group of DeBolt ladies gathered for a birthday party.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.600
George DeBolt’s Birthday Tea, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
A group of DeBolt oldtimers, male and female, gathered outside a home for one of George DeBolt’s birthday teas.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.601
Jack and Hilda Mitchell’s Wedding, 1925
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.5 in.
The wedding of Jack and Hilda Mitchell. Left to right: Virginia DeBolt, Frank Stevenson, George DeBolt, Hilda Mitchell (nee Moon), Jack DeBolt, Elbert DeBolt, Jack Mitchell, and Laura DeBolt. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 39. See also negative 116.09.01.01.539.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.602
Ladies at DeBolt Nursing Association House, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3 in.
Mrs. MacIntyre, Virginia DeBolt, Mrs. Tom Williams, and Mrs. Sargent in front of the DeBolt Nursing Association house.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.603
Threshing Time, [ca. 1938]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Threshing time at the Ridings’. Left to right: Tom Klassen, Percy McFalls, Dale DeBolt, Jim Airth, Mrs. Riding, Rev. Roy Hicks, Leslie Riding, John Riding, and Elbert DeBolt, with the first tractor.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.604
Group at Boes’, 1931
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
A group gathered at the Boes’: Eleanor Boe, Winnie DeBolt, Mrs. (Sophia?) Boe, Jake T. (?), George Boe, Lorne McArthur, Dorothy DeBolt, Rod McArthur, and Lorraine Boe.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.605
DeBolt Ladies, October 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4 in.
A group of DeBolt ladies gathered at the Ridings.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.606
Edson Trail School Girls, [ca. 1937]
1 photograph; colour; 4.5 x 6.5 in.
Edson Trail School girls on top of a wood pile. Back, left to right: Evelyn Wilburn (?), Mabel Matlock, Georgina Given, Izora Matlock, Lily Given, Gladys Renspie, and Rosalie Matlock. Middle row, left to right: Toots (Elizabeth) Peterson, Charlotte Bickell, Irma Altenhof, Eula Matlock, Leota Doerkson, and Lola Matlock. Used in “Across the Smoky,” p. 293. See also negative 116.09.01.01.574.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.607
Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary, 1993
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
A group photograph of the Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary with the Regional Commander and the local Legion President, John Watkins. The photograph was taken in the DeBolt Legion Hall when the Legion and Auxiliary were disbanded and the Hall turned over to the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.608
Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary and Students, [ca. 1990]
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
The Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary presenting cheques to two students, Les Sonnonberg and ?.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.609
Doris Starkey and Emma Gitzel, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
Doris Starkey and Emma Gitzel, members of the Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary, in uniform and standing behind a car.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.610
Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
Members of the Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary. Back row, left to right: Alice Hickson (Stevenson), Edna Stevenson, Ruby Matlock, Florence Given, Edith Riding, Sophy Boe, Alice Dodd, and Doris Starkey. Front row, left to right: Emma Gitzel, Susan Perkins, Lea Grant, Norma Perkins, and Barbara Turner.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.611
Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary Conference, November 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary Conference held in November 1956. Members shown include Mrs. Demain, Mrs. Polick, Allie Patterson, and Norma Perkins (DeBolt).
Location: 0116.09.01.02.612
Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary Conference, November 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
Flag-bearers, including Barbara Turner (right) at the Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary Conference held in November 1956.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.613
Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary Conference, November 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
Unidentified member receiving a pin or award at the Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary Conference held in November 1956.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.614
Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary #89, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
Group photograph of the Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary #89.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.615
Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary Conference, November 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
November 1956 Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary Conference. Members shown in the background include Mrs. Demain, Mrs. Polick, Allie Patterson, and Norma Perkins (DeBolt).
Location: 0116.09.01.02.616
Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary Conference, November 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
Banquet at the November 1956 Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary Conference. Members shown include Mrs. E. Matlock (left).
Location: 0116.09.01.02.617
Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary Parading, [ca. 1970]
1 photograph; colour; 5 x 3.5 in.
Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary on parade.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.618
Royal Canadian Legion Event, 1963
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
(Left to right) Legion and Ladies Auxiliary members Joe and Florence Fitchet and Edith and John Riding at a Royal Canadian Legion event.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.619
Royal Canadian Legion Award, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
Royal Canadian Legion members John Riding (left) and Joe Fitchet (right) present Roxie Chapman with an award (perhaps athletic or academic).
Location: 0116.09.01.02.620
Invitational Tea at the Royal Canadian Legion Hall, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
Ladies attending an invitational tea held at the DeBolt Royal Canadian Legion Hall. Participants include (left to right): Mrs. Renspie, Noreen Bickell, Garnet Murphy, ?, ?, Winnie Moore, ?, ?, Mattie Bowman, and Ruth Thorpe.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.621
Invitational Tea at the Royal Canadian Legion Hall, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
Ladies attending an invitational tea held at the DeBolt Royal Canadian Legion Hall. Participants include (left to right): Sheila Peterson, Martha Jobson, Gertrude (Groves) Dana, ?, Alberta Knox (in red), Leota Doerkson, Mrs. Renspie, Noreen Bickell, Garnet Murphy, ?, ?, Winnie Moore, ?, ?, Mattie Bowman, Ruth Thorpe, Hazel Newman, Audrey Robertson, Barbara Turner (in blue speck), and Anne Enns.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.622
Invitational Tea at the Royal Canadian Legion Hall, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
Ladies attending an invitational tea held at the DeBolt Royal Canadian Legion Hall. Participants include (left to right): Sheila Peterson, Martha Jobson, Gertrude (Groves) Dana, ?, Leota Doerkson, Mrs. Renspie, and Noreen Bickell.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.623
Invitational Tea at the Royal Canadian Legion Hall, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
Ladies attending an invitational tea held at the DeBolt Royal Canadian Legion Hall. Participants include (left to right): Martha Jobson, Gertrude (Groves) Dana, ?, Leota Doerkson, Mrs. Renspie, Winnie Moore, ?, Alberta Knox (pouring), Ruth Thorpe, Hazel Newman, Audrey Robertson, and Barbara Turner.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.624
July 1st Parade, July 1, 1977
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Royal Canadian Legion float for the July 1, 1977 parade and members in uniform: Mrs. Stevenson, Donald Matlock, and Alice Hickson.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.625
Remembrance Day, November 11, 1977
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Legion and Ladies Auxiliary members participate in the 1977 Remembrance Day ceremony outside of the Legion Hall, before the addition was constructed on the front.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.626
Remembrance Day, November 11, 1977
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 3.5 in.
Legion and Ladies Auxiliary members participate in the 1977 Remembrance Day ceremony outside of the Legion Hall (hall not visible).
Location: 0116.09.01.02.627
Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary District Rally, April 6, 1968
1 photograph; b & w; 9.75 x 6.25 in.
A group photograph of Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary members at the District Rally in Fairview, April 6, 1968.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.628
Royal Canadian Legion District Rally, April 6, 1968
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 8.75 in.
A group photograph of Royal Canadian Legion members at the District Rally in Fairview, April 6, 1968.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.629
Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary, [ca. 1965]
1 photograph; b & w; 10.75 x 6.5 in.
A group photograph of Royal Canadian Legion Ladies Auxiliary members in Medicine Hat, likely at a convention.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.630
DeBolt Senior Citizen’s Hockey Team, 1969
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
A group photograph of the DeBolt Senior Citizen’s Hockey Team coached by Bob Given. The players are shown on the ice of an outdoor arena with buildings and spectators in the background.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.631
DeBolt Volunteer Fire Department and ‘Fire Belles’, [ca. 1985]
1 photograph; colour; 5 x 3.25 in.
A group photograph of the DeBolt Volunteer Fire Department and ‘Fire Belles’ in front of a fire truck in the fire hall.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.632
Opening of Seniors’ Apartments, October 15, 1982
1 photograph; colour; 4.5 x 3.25 in.
MLA Marvin Moore opens the seniors’ apartments in DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.633
Opening of Seniors’ Apartments, October 15, 1982
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 4.75 in.
Fran Moore, wife of MLA Marvin Moore, in the crowd at the opening of the seniors’ apartments in DeBolt.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.634
Opening of Seniors’ Apartments, 1982
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 4.75 in.
A senior sits in one of the DeBolt seniors’ apartments opened in 1982.
Location: 0116.09.01.02.635
SubSeries 116.09.02Old Building Project. — 385 negatives. — 1987. The sub-series consists of a set of negatives taken by Fran Moore and Irene Gitzel in 1987 as part of a project to document the pioneer buildings in the Goodwin, DeBolt, Crooked Creek, and Clarkson Valley/Sturgeon Heights areas (1987). The negatives were originally arranged in envelopes by roll (A to Q). The original order has been retained by the Archivist and no images have been discarded. Prints of the negatives are held at the DeBolt and District Pioneer Museum for reference purposes.
 
Old Building Project – Roll A, 1987
10 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Ten photographs taken as part of the Old Building Project documenting pioneer buildings in the Goodwin area, including those on Sedore, Enns, and Perker land. Several houses and an abandoned car are featured.
Location: 0116.09.02.001-.010
Old Building Project – Roll B, 1987
27 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Twenty seven photographs taken as part of the Old Building Project documenting pioneer buildings in the Goodwin area, including those on Perker, Murphy, and Grant land. Several houses, barns, and various outbuildings are featured.
Location: 0116.09.02.011-.037
Old Building Project – Roll C, 1987
27 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Twenty seven photographs taken as part of the Old Building Project documenting pioneer buildings in the DeBolt area, including the Haisl cabin and those on Dievert, Groves, Diemert, Doerkson, Starkey, Lenes, and Giesbrecht land. Several houses, barns, and various outbuildings and farm equipment are featured.
Location: 0116.09.02.038-.064
Old Building Project – Roll D, 1987
25 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Twenty five photographs taken as part of the Old Building Project documenting pioneer buildings in the DeBolt area, including those on Snydmiller, Mehlum, E. Moore, and Riegar land. Several houses, barns, and various outbuildings are featured.
Location: 0116.09.02.065-.089
Old Building Project – Roll E, 1987
27 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Twenty seven photographs taken as part of the Old Building Project documenting pioneer buildings in the DeBolt area, including those on Voshall, Lenes, Moore, and F. Stevenson land and the Holts barn and DeBolt house. Several houses, barns, and various outbuildings are featured.
Location: 0116.09.02.090-.116
Old Building Project – Roll F, 1987
21 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Twenty one photographs taken as part of the Old Building Project documenting pioneer buildings in the DeBolt area, including the Mountain Spring School and those on Kenneway, Welander, Surtees, Fitzell, Jopko, and Lintern land. Several houses, barns, a school, various outbuildings, and a small caboose are featured.
Location: 0116.09.02.117-137
Old Building Project – Roll G, 1987
27 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Twenty seven photographs taken as part of the Old Building Project documenting pioneer buildings in the DeBolt area, including those on Airth, Robertson, Perkins, Matlock, Matlock, and Riegar land. Several houses, barns, a school, and various outbuildings and farm equipment are featured.
Location: 0116.09.02.138-164
Old Building Project – Roll H, 1987
26 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Twenty six photographs taken as part of the Old Building Project documenting pioneer buildings in the DeBolt area, including those on Leville, Lemky, Jack Robertson, Peterson, Stevenson, Bowman, Gerevarkis, Theisen land. Several houses, barns, various outbuildings, cars, and farm equipment are featured.
Location: 0116.09.02.165-.190
Old Building Project – Roll I, 1987
27 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Twenty seven photographs taken as part of the Old Building Project documenting pioneer buildings in the Crooked Creek area, including those on Frank Toews, Paul Klassen, Williard Toews, Theissen, Lauin, Guin, Froh, and McDonald land. Several houses, barns, and various outbuildings are featured.
Location: 0116.09.02.191-.217
Old Building Project – Roll J, 1987
9 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Nine photographs taken as part of the Old Building Project documenting pioneer buildings in the Crooked Creek area, including those on P. W. Friesen and A. Reimer land and Simonette School. Several houses, barns, a school, various outbuildings, and farm equipment are featured.
Location: 0116.09.02.218-.226
Old Building Project – Roll K, 1987
26 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Twenty six photographs taken as part of the Old Building Project documenting pioneer buildings in the Crooked Creek area, including those on Don Guy, Bill Vetch, Ed Huber, Soren, David Kramps, Ken Scott, Sparkling Eyes, Charney, and Wohlgemuth land. Several houses, barns, and various outbuildings are featured.
Location: 0116.09.02.227-.252
Old Building Project – Roll L, 1987
27 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Twenty seven photographs taken as part of the Old Building Project documenting pioneer buildings in the Crooked Creek area, including Simonette School, and those on G. Clarke, Carl Ost, Derken, F. Ratzlaff, and Don Guy land. Several houses, barns, a school, and various outbuildings are featured. Overall landscape photographs are also included.
Location: 0116.09.02.253-.279
Old Building Project – Roll M, 1987
26 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Twenty six photographs taken as part of the Old Building Project documenting pioneer buildings in the Crooked Creek area, including those on E. Turner and Chapmans land, the Catholic Church, and those on Reimers, Enns, Adams, Jantz, Jobson, Schulz, and Senek land. Several houses, barns, a church, and various outbuildings and farm equipment are featured.
Location: 0116.09.02.280-.305
Old Building Project – Roll N, 1987
26 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Twenty six photographs taken as part of the Old Building Project documenting pioneer buildings in the Clarkson Valley/Sturgeon Heights area, including the those on Charney land, the Clarkson Valley School, those on Murray Clark, Broman, Sutleys, Youngs, and Weiss land, the Sturgeon Heights School, and the H.B.C house, . Several houses, barns, schools, and various outbuildings are featured.
Location: 0116.09.02.306-.331
Old Building Project – Roll O, 1987
10 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Ten photographs taken as part of the Old Building Project documenting pioneer buildings in the Clarkson Valley/Sturgeon Heights area, including those on Harrington land (.333 is the Harrington barn), the church camp, Sturgeon, Cozy Cove, and Sturgeon Heights. Several houses, barns, and various outbuildings are featured. Photographs of a trail and general landscape are also included.
Location: 0116.09.02.332-.341
Old Building Project – Roll P, 1987
27 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Twenty seven photographs taken as part of the Old Building Project documenting pioneer buildings in the DeBolt and Crooked Creek areas, including those on Pellerin, Bees, Sampson, Wilds, no of Alberrt Gerwatoski, Walega, Bandzul, Fitzet, Loewen, Gunsun and Miller, Bond, Loewen, McLean, and Whites land. Several houses, barns, and various outbuildings are featured.
Location: 0116.09.02.342-.368
Old Building Project – Roll Q, 1987
17 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Seventeen photographs taken as part of the Old Building Project documenting pioneer buildings in the Goodwin area, including the Bill Barker house. Several houses, a school, and various outbuildings are featured.
Location: 0116.09.02.369-.385
Back to Table of Contents